What is a Global Auroral Substorm?
What is a Global Auroral Substorm?
What is a Global Auroral Substorm?
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
WHAT IS A GLOBAL AURORAL SUBSTORM?<br />
R. D. Elphinstone, J. S. Murphree, and L. L. Cogger<br />
Institute for Space Research, University of Calgary,<br />
Calgary, Alberta, Canada<br />
Abstract. The departure of the aurora from quiet lev- ing to explain the mechan<strong>is</strong>m of the onset of th<strong>is</strong> pheels<br />
in a dynamic manner constitutes some type of auroral nomenon. There <strong>is</strong>, however, no single theory which<br />
"breakup" event. Research into the auroral breakup stands out as clearly explaining the wide range of active<br />
predates the International Geophysical Year (1957/ auroral phenomena. A synthes<strong>is</strong> which combines these<br />
1958). Th<strong>is</strong> feature of the aurora, and the later, more theories and allows them to each explain individual<br />
global concept of the auroral substorm, has become a aspects of the problem appears to be required. Th<strong>is</strong> has<br />
focus for much of the auroral research that occurs today. led to a new way of understanding the active aurora as a<br />
New instrumentation and global collaborations continue set of processes or modules which occur either coupled<br />
to refine our knowledge of the substorm process and together or independent of one another to form a parhow<br />
it proceeds in the ionosphere. In particular, global ticular event. Th<strong>is</strong> view represents a fundamental deparauroral<br />
imaging has advanced our understanding of the ture from the view of the substorm as a single unchangdynamics<br />
of the process and has given us the ability to ing entity. <strong>Auroral</strong> activity can rather be thought of as<br />
put localized observations into a global perspective. Fun- the earthward end of a diverse set of ionospheric and<br />
damentally new cycles of auroral activity are now under- magnetospheric processes which couple together to<br />
stood to ex<strong>is</strong>t, and th<strong>is</strong> has provided a means by which form different cyclical patterns. A symbolic representaauroral<br />
activity can answer <strong>quest</strong>ions about magneto- tion of th<strong>is</strong> modularization <strong>is</strong> presented to simplify fuspheric<br />
substorm dynamics. Along with th<strong>is</strong> wealth of<br />
observations has come a wide range of theories purportture<br />
schematics of large-scale auroral dynamics.<br />
1. INTRODUCTION<br />
Many people who live in the northern regions and are<br />
outdoors at night are familiar with the beautiful movements<br />
and patterns known as the "northern lights." The<br />
flickering, changing curtains and arches of light, which<br />
we can see with the naked eye, represent only the brightest<br />
aspects of the phenomena named after Aurora, the<br />
Roman goddess of dawn. These spectacular effects are a<br />
dynamic perturbation to a more steady and quiet system<br />
tion from excited states attributable to the coll<strong>is</strong>ions<br />
between these (precipitating) electrons and protons<br />
(with typical energies of a few keV) (an electron volt <strong>is</strong><br />
the energy unit associated with moving an electron<br />
across a potential difference of 1 V) and atmospheric<br />
particles, particularly atomic and molecular oxygen and<br />
nitrogen. The bulk of these coll<strong>is</strong>ions occur in the ion-<br />
osphere between about 80 and 300 km, and the resulting<br />
of aurora and represent the v<strong>is</strong>ible manifestation of what<br />
auroral intensity reflects at any given point the precipitation<br />
rate (see work by Vallance Jones [1974, 1991] and<br />
Rees and Lummerzheim [1991] for detailed descriptions<br />
<strong>is</strong> commonly called an auroral substorm.<br />
of the processes involved and the types of optical em<strong>is</strong>-<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> light show <strong>is</strong> the earthward end of a complex sions).<br />
interaction of fields and particles which begins at the Th<strong>is</strong> production of the aurora, with its variety of<br />
Sun. Ions, electrons, and magnetic fields move outward colors (red, blue, and green), spatial d<strong>is</strong>tribution, and<br />
from the Sun in what <strong>is</strong> called the solar wind and interact dynamics provides an essentially instantaneous record of<br />
with the Earth's magnetic field to form the terrestrial plasma processes in the Earth environment. Thus the<br />
magnetosphere. The d<strong>is</strong>tortions of the magnetic field aurora that one sees in the northern (and southern)<br />
which result can be associated with large-scale current regions gives us a means to indirectly observe processes<br />
systems which flow throughout the system, some of operating in and on the magnetosphere. To do th<strong>is</strong>, one<br />
which reach the ionosphere of the Earth along the needs to understand the "mappings" between the ionomagnetic<br />
field lines. These Birkeland field-aligned cur- sphere and the magnetosphere and to know what the<br />
rents can carry about 1 MA of current into the iono- relevant patterns in the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution are. At<br />
sphere, and the associated power consumption <strong>is</strong> equiv- present, the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution <strong>is</strong> the only means at our<br />
alent to that required by a large number of cities (10 s d<strong>is</strong>posal by which the large-scale magnetospheric struc-<br />
MW). A side effect of th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> the aurora, which <strong>is</strong> radia- ture can be evaluated in a nearly instantaneous manner.<br />
Copyright 1996 by the American Geophysical Union.<br />
8755-1209/96/96 RG-00483515.00<br />
ß 169e<br />
Reviews of Geophysics, 34, 2 / May 1996<br />
pages 169-232<br />
Paper number 96RG00483
1 70 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
The magnetospheric cavity encloses a volume of the which cannot be simulated by magnetohydrodynamics.<br />
order of 3 x 105 (Rr) 3 (Rr <strong>is</strong> an Earth radius, or about A prime example of th<strong>is</strong> may be the onset mechan<strong>is</strong>m for<br />
6371 km), and we have throughout th<strong>is</strong> volume only a the auroral substorm. For th<strong>is</strong>, models which couple<br />
scattering of satellites by which to establ<strong>is</strong>h the nature of across various scales and involve a hierarchy of models<br />
its dynamics and form. One might compare th<strong>is</strong> with a may need to be developed [e.g., Raeder et al., 1996].<br />
similar problem of studying the Earth's oceans with a Unfortunately, predictions of substorms and their effects<br />
few centimeter-long probes scattered at varying loca- will remain elusive until a detailed physical mechan<strong>is</strong>m<br />
tions and depths. Although the analogy <strong>is</strong> valid only to a which <strong>is</strong> viable <strong>is</strong> found. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> likely to occur mainly on<br />
limited degree, it does help to illustrate the problems the bas<strong>is</strong> of observational constraints.<br />
with which the magnetospheric physic<strong>is</strong>t <strong>is</strong> faced. Be- Th<strong>is</strong> paper will attempt to outline some of the h<strong>is</strong>tory<br />
cause of th<strong>is</strong> the aurora, if used appropriately, can be of concerning auroral morphology' and what <strong>is</strong> called the<br />
great aid to researchers in their studies of the magneto- auroral substorm and then describe how th<strong>is</strong> informasphere<br />
as we enter into a new era in space physics with tion might be of use to the magnetospheric physic<strong>is</strong>t<br />
the launch of new spacecraft and international ground studying an equivalent phenomenon known as the magcollaborations.<br />
netospheric substorm (see excellent reviews by McPher-<br />
The increasing use of space for remote sensing and ron [1979] and Fairfield [1992]). The rest of th<strong>is</strong> first<br />
communication has led to a need to understand and section will be devoted to the h<strong>is</strong>torical aspects of the<br />
predict what has come to be known as "space weather." aurora and the concept of the substorm. The researcher<br />
Lindqw<strong>is</strong>ter et al. [1995] believe that space weather d<strong>is</strong>- familiar with the h<strong>is</strong>tory of the auroral substorm could<br />
turbances may cost in excess of $100 million per year. pass over sections 1.1 and 1.2. Since an integral part of<br />
Geosynchronous spacecraft can suffer a variety of prob- any review of the aurora should include information on<br />
lems ranging from a loss of orientation (magnetically imaging from both the ground-based and satellite vieworiented<br />
satellites) to ion penetration, surface charging, points, sections 1.3 and 1.4 cover some of the ex<strong>is</strong>ting<br />
and deep dielectric charging of satellite components imaging techniques and instrumentation. Obviously, it <strong>is</strong><br />
[Wilkinson, 1995]. To avoid such problems, engineers not possible to show image data from all of the imporrequire<br />
a good knowledge of the "radiation climatology" tant instruments which have contributed to th<strong>is</strong> field of<br />
in the near-Earth environment, and satellite operators research. A brief description will also be given of how<br />
need forecast tools which will enable them to take pre- the auroral substorm relates to the solar wind as well as<br />
ventive measures against magnetic d<strong>is</strong>turbances, sub- to a few of the well-known features of ionospheric curstorms,<br />
and solar events. To accompl<strong>is</strong>h th<strong>is</strong> task, re- rents and convection (section 1.5).<br />
searchers are increasingly looking to the aurora to <strong>Auroral</strong> substorm research abounds in terminology<br />
understand and predict the dynamics of these events. which can overwhelm (and confuse) even veteran au-<br />
Normally, confined to higher latitudes, the aurora's roral researchers. Following section 5.2 <strong>is</strong> a glossary<br />
appearance over large portions of the Earth signals compr<strong>is</strong>ing a few of the necessary terms used in th<strong>is</strong><br />
significant d<strong>is</strong>turbances which can also impact human paper. The terms were selected mainly to aid the magactivities<br />
on the ground. Electrical power utilities on the netospheric researcher in identifying the auroral forms<br />
ground can sustain damage from substorm-related, described in th<strong>is</strong> paper. Readers familiar with th<strong>is</strong> maground-induced<br />
currents which cause transformer prob- terial could go directly to section 2, which outlines an<br />
lems resulting in power blackouts. These companies emerging modular concept of auroral and magnetoneed<br />
forewarning of upcoming events to institute special spheric activity which allows auroral features to be more<br />
operating procedures. With more than 100 communica- easily incorporated into magnetospheric physics. Section<br />
tion satellites in geosynchronous orbit today and hun- 2 emphasizes the phenomenological auroral aspects of<br />
dreds more planned for, space physics <strong>is</strong> beginning to the modular view since at th<strong>is</strong> level it <strong>is</strong> evident that<br />
take on a more applied approach with the hope of modularization <strong>is</strong> necessary. Such phenomenological<br />
producing space-forecasting tools for satellite operators. studies provide nearly the only means to probe the<br />
Some such tools already ex<strong>is</strong>t which attempt to pre- global dynamics of the system. It was decided that some<br />
dict large-scale changes to the ring current based on details concerning each auroral module should be given<br />
changes in the solar wind (e.g., Hudson et al. [1995] and since different modules will be of interest to different<br />
the review by Feldstein [1992]). Unfortunately, our abil- researchers. Readers should select the particular auroral<br />
ity so far to successfully predict new events <strong>is</strong> rather poor modular elements applicable to their work. Interd<strong>is</strong>cipli-<br />
(see the review byJoselyn [1995]). Conditions in the solar nary readers might prefer to only read the introductory<br />
wind can also be used to derive changes to magnetic remarks to th<strong>is</strong> section and move on to section 3. In<br />
indices more directly related to changes in the aurora order to make these substorm modules of use to the<br />
[Vassiliad<strong>is</strong> et al., 1995, and references therein]. As well, space physics community a mapping framework for rethere<br />
are large-scale magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) lating them to their magnetospheric counterparts <strong>is</strong><br />
simulations which can reproduce many observable pa- given in section 3.<br />
rameters [e.g., Fedder et al., 1995]. Unfortunately, space Over the years, substorm models have developed to<br />
plasma physics encompasses many scale sizes, some of explain various aspects of the magnetospheric (and oc-
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 1 71<br />
casionally auroral) substorm. Section 4 <strong>is</strong> an attempt to head). A connection was also made between magnetic<br />
evaluate some of these based on the auroral patterns perturbations and optical aurora. Th<strong>is</strong> dates back at least<br />
and dynamics. Section 5 puts the results from sections 2, to compass and naked eye work done by Hiorter and<br />
3, and 4 together to illustrate how the modular view of Celsius in 1741 [Brekke and Egeland, 1983; Buchert et al.,<br />
auroral and magnetospheric activity can be used to un- 1990].<br />
derstand systematic cycles in the activity. In section 5, By the 1930s it was realized that there was a typical<br />
processes are connected with their phenomenological progression of the aurora from a "quiet" diffuse glow to<br />
counterparts, and a symbolic representation of the an dynamic phase of the aurora known as the auroral<br />
modularization <strong>is</strong> introduced as a type of "shorthand" to<br />
breakup [see Stagg, 1937]. As described by Kern and<br />
describe more complex activity. The paper ends with<br />
Vestine [1961], these early authors understood that a<br />
<strong>quest</strong>ions for which future studies may yield more combreakup<br />
event <strong>is</strong> preceded by some interval (less than an<br />
plete answers.<br />
hour) in which a glow <strong>is</strong> seen. The equatorward portion<br />
Finally, it should be noted that a great amount of<br />
recent work has been done in th<strong>is</strong> field and that it would of th<strong>is</strong> glow gradually brightens and forms an arc or arc<br />
system in the E region of the ionosphere. After some<br />
be impossible to include it all in th<strong>is</strong> review paper. An<br />
attempt has been made to include a reasonable sampling<br />
time th<strong>is</strong> system develops flutes, and the arc system<br />
of material directly relevant to the thes<strong>is</strong> of the paper,<br />
which subsequently develops ex<strong>is</strong>ts in the F region of the<br />
but undoubtedly some of the important work done by ionosphere. Th<strong>is</strong> then "breaks up" and eventually develthe<br />
many researchers over the years will be accidently ops into auroral patches. Th<strong>is</strong> can occur more than once<br />
passed over. It was decided to make th<strong>is</strong> work of suffi- during a night. Th<strong>is</strong> description <strong>is</strong> one of the best that<br />
cient length to enable a magnetospheric researcher to be can be found in auroral literature of the development of<br />
able to find out at least some information concerning auroral features prior to breakup. The reader <strong>is</strong> referred<br />
most of the auroral substorm patterns. The authors feel to work by Hewson [1937] for further information rethat<br />
th<strong>is</strong> will fill an important gap which ex<strong>is</strong>ts in today's garding observations and theoretical models for the auliterature.<br />
rora during the early part of th<strong>is</strong> century.<br />
More recently, the most significant advance took<br />
1.1. <strong>Auroral</strong> H<strong>is</strong>tory<br />
place when it was realized that on a global scale the<br />
The term aurora covers a rather broad range of aurora resembled an oval shape which lies at higher<br />
spatial and temporal scales. Small-scale auroral arcs may magnetic latitudes on the dayside portion of the ionobe<br />
only 50 rn wide and can flicker with periods much less sphere than on the nightside portion [Feldstein, 1960,<br />
than 1 s. Other features such as the auroral oval may 1963]. Thus, when studying the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution, one<br />
change size slowly but are rather constant aspects of the generally shows data in a Sun-fixed system based at<br />
aurora and span thousands of kilometers in both the auroral heights beneath which the Earth's surface ronorthern<br />
and southern polar regions. The auroral subtates.<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> auroral asymmetry and the so-called auroral<br />
storm has an intermediate-scale size and generally lasts oval are fundamentals of the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution which<br />
of the order of 1-3 hours, with its most obvious effects<br />
give clues to the configuration of the magnetosphere and<br />
appearing in the nightside polar regions. Aspects of th<strong>is</strong><br />
to the magnetospheric source regions of the aurora.<br />
latter feature are what catches people's attention when<br />
Today, specially designed coordinate systems remove<br />
they notice the bright auroral forms v<strong>is</strong>ible to the naked<br />
the asymmetries of the Earth's internal magnetic field<br />
eye at night.<br />
Although at first glance a seemingly random phenomand<br />
convert the "auroral oval" into a circular form (see<br />
enon, both in time and space, the aurora follows a<br />
work by Heam et al. [1993, and references therein] for a<br />
reasonably well defined spatial pattern, at least on a d<strong>is</strong>cussion of these coordinate transformations).<br />
large scale. Perhaps the first progress in a systematic way At the same time the auroral oval was identified, the<br />
came when Wargentin [1752] studied simultaneous au- concept of an auroral substorm was also introduced<br />
roral observations at widely separated locations and [Akasofu, 1964]. Th<strong>is</strong> establ<strong>is</strong>hed that the auroral<br />
concluded that the aurora made a ring about a location breakup d<strong>is</strong>covered previously was not just a local prosomewhat<br />
offset from the geographic pole, an observa- cess but extended over large d<strong>is</strong>tances. The studies mention<br />
which we now know applies to both the northern tioned above were constrained to using sufficiently inand<br />
southern hem<strong>is</strong>pheres. Hansteen [1827] later decided<br />
that th<strong>is</strong> ring was centered about what would now<br />
tense v<strong>is</strong>ible em<strong>is</strong>sions from the aurora (generally<br />
greater than 1 kR, equal to 103 photons cm -2 s -, where<br />
be termed the magnetic dip pole and drew perhaps the a rayleigh (R) <strong>is</strong> a unit of photon surface brightness,<br />
first real<strong>is</strong>tic schematic of the large-scale auroral d<strong>is</strong>tri- described in more detail by Vallance Jones [1974]) and to<br />
bution (see work by Brekke [1984] for a more detailed combining individual measurements into a stat<strong>is</strong>tical<br />
h<strong>is</strong>tory). Nordenskiold [1880, 1881] expanded on th<strong>is</strong> pattern. It <strong>is</strong> only recently that satellite imagers have<br />
concept and described two concentric rings centered enabled researchers to obtain large-scale nearly instanabout<br />
the pole and named the phenomenon the "auroral taneous views which include the weaker em<strong>is</strong>sion feaglory"<br />
(like the halo, or glory, surrounding a saint's tures (the so-called diffuse aurora).
1 72 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
1.2. Substorm Research<br />
scale spirals or surge forms). It was also known that<br />
One of the problems one runs across in substorm auroral forms drifted in the opposite sense to the current<br />
research <strong>is</strong> that large data sets from around the world flow in the ionosphere and that th<strong>is</strong> relation breaks down<br />
are required to assemble a coherent picture of the over- near the time of auroral breakup. North-south structures<br />
all process. A given auroral event will likely have only several hundred kilometers long linked two latitudinally<br />
certain data available, while a separate event may well separated auroral systems near the location (at about<br />
have supporting data of an entirely different nature. As midnight) where the drifts changed from east to west<br />
a result, research in th<strong>is</strong> field has a tendency to be [Dav<strong>is</strong>, 1962]. These features could have been a variety<br />
founded on case studies which may be biased toward the of forms, some of which are outlined in section 2. Arcs<br />
viewpoint the researcher <strong>is</strong> attempting to prove and near the magnetic pole were known to be oriented<br />
constrained by the measurement limitations inherent in differently than those in the auroral zone. These features<br />
the data set(s) used. A consequence of th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> that are now an important part of auroral research and are<br />
researchers, when confronted with examples of an au- called by a variety of names, including Sun-aligned arcs,<br />
roral d<strong>is</strong>tribution which rapidly changes its intensity high-latitude polar arcs, theta auroras, teardrops, and<br />
(loosely termed "auroral activations") and pattern, can horse collar auroras.<br />
d<strong>is</strong>agree as to its significance with respect to the sub- Probably, the first description of how auroral dynamstorm<br />
process. Hence a variety of terminologies has ics at one location were related to those at another,<br />
ar<strong>is</strong>en to describe auroral activations, some of which are widely separated point was made byAkasofu [1963], who<br />
synonymous with an auroral substorm, but others of developed Figure la, based on a single night's observawhich<br />
recognize the complexity of auroral dynamics as tion. In th<strong>is</strong> diagram (and in general throughout th<strong>is</strong><br />
evidenced in observations of the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution. paper) the direction of the Sun (noon) <strong>is</strong> toward the top<br />
The terms and descriptions of auroral breakup and of the panels and midnight <strong>is</strong> at the bottom (the view <strong>is</strong><br />
pseudobreakup originated in the years prior to the In- looking down on the northern magnetic pole). In th<strong>is</strong><br />
ternational Geophysical Year (IGY), 1957/1958 [Stagg, Sun-fixed reference frame the Earth's rotation makes an<br />
1937; Elvey, 1957]. Before that time it was known that observer on the ground appear to rotate anticlockw<strong>is</strong>e<br />
the most equatorward arc system was the one which (eastward) beneath the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution, as <strong>is</strong> illusactivated<br />
[Elvey, 1957, p. 71]:<br />
trated in Figure la by the small circle representing the<br />
area which a ground-based observer <strong>is</strong> able to see. Thus<br />
The final breakup of the d<strong>is</strong>play appears to be at the over a 24-hour time period an observer beginning at<br />
time that the arc farthest from the auroral zone<br />
midnight (magnetic local time) would traverse through<br />
d<strong>is</strong>rupts. Th<strong>is</strong> time <strong>is</strong> a very critical phase in the 0600, 1200, 1800, and 2400 magnetic local time (MLT) in<br />
auroral d<strong>is</strong>play. The arc brightens and quivers just that order. In th<strong>is</strong> event, two auroral breakups (with<br />
before d<strong>is</strong>rupting into rays, bands, and draperies that<br />
single surge forms v<strong>is</strong>ible) were seen within 25 min of<br />
spread rapidly over a large part of the sky. Very<br />
shortly thereafter the d<strong>is</strong>play may change to flaming<br />
each other (second and fourth schematics). In the fifth<br />
aurora and pulsating surfaces. The diffuse surfaces<br />
panel the "surge" has shifted westward (clockw<strong>is</strong>e direcmay<br />
recede toward the auroral zone becoming more tion) and <strong>is</strong> now located near 2100 MLT. Th<strong>is</strong> surge<br />
diffuse and fading, thus terminating the d<strong>is</strong>play. motion has led to the term westward traveling surge<br />
(WTS) to describe the dynamics of the breakup process.<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> recounting remains a reasonable ground-based de- After each breakup event the aurora over a large local<br />
scription of breakup even today: an arc intensifies and time extent <strong>is</strong> shown to have a "broken-up" or chaotic<br />
moves poleward, forming a d<strong>is</strong>tortion in the auroral appearance.<br />
d<strong>is</strong>tribution which <strong>is</strong> now called a "bulge." The term Using additional 1-min data from all-sky cameras, th<strong>is</strong><br />
"pseudobreakup" was also introduced at that time. picture was rev<strong>is</strong>ed to become the view in Figure lb<br />
<strong>What</strong> was not known was how th<strong>is</strong> small-scale auroral [Akasofu, 1964]. In th<strong>is</strong> scheme, only a single breakup <strong>is</strong><br />
d<strong>is</strong>play was related to the larger-scale configuration. At presented, and the substorm concept <strong>is</strong> introduced as<br />
about th<strong>is</strong> time the concept of using all-sky camera data being the result of a single auroral breakup event. In th<strong>is</strong><br />
was developed as a means to produce synoptic maps of view the global auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution <strong>is</strong> altered from a<br />
the larger-scale auroral pattern using multiple cameras "quiet time" d<strong>is</strong>tribution in a single unified process<br />
[Elvey, 1957]. Th<strong>is</strong> technological advance still only al- termed the auroral substorm. The point where the actilowed<br />
variations with timescales greater than 1 rain to be vation was first observed has been termed the onset<br />
monitored. Detailed investigations into rapidly evolving location, and it was believed at that time that the<br />
auroral forms had to wait until the advent of high- breakup always began around the midnight meridian. (It<br />
sensitivity cameras in the mid-1960s.<br />
<strong>is</strong> now known that the onset location can vary over many<br />
After the IGY a large data set was available to inves- hours of local time and <strong>is</strong> on average located near 2300<br />
tigate the large-scale features of the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution. MLT [Craven and Frank, 1991; Elphinstone et al.,<br />
By 1962, loop structures [Dav<strong>is</strong>, 1962] were known to 1995a].) According to th<strong>is</strong> scheme, auroral activity could<br />
drift slowly westward within which clockw<strong>is</strong>e motions be divided into two basic stages: expansion phase (10-30<br />
could be d<strong>is</strong>cerned (today these would be called large- min) and recovery phase (30 min to 3 hours). Each of
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 1 73<br />
(2)<br />
(3) (4)<br />
(5) (6)<br />
Figure la. Early schematics of the auroral substorm showing<br />
the development based on one event from Akasofu [1963].<br />
Magnetic latitude <strong>is</strong> shown, and magnetic noon <strong>is</strong> to the top,<br />
midnight <strong>is</strong> at the bottom, and dusk <strong>is</strong> to the left. Westward <strong>is</strong><br />
in a clockw<strong>is</strong>e direction. The small circle (in the night sector),<br />
which rotates anticlockw<strong>is</strong>e over the time interval, represents<br />
the field of view of a ground observer rotating with the Earth.<br />
Substorm activity <strong>is</strong> such a complex phenomenon that<br />
a single schematic <strong>is</strong> unlikely to represent all possible<br />
variations. For example, in the original Akasofu [1964]<br />
substorm schematic (Figure lb) an arc system <strong>is</strong> seen<br />
poleward of an expanding substorm bulge. In later schematics<br />
th<strong>is</strong> arc system d<strong>is</strong>appeared (see Figure 2). It <strong>is</strong><br />
also significant to note that the Akasofu [1964] schematic<br />
includes the fading of arcs in the polar cap, while in later<br />
versions th<strong>is</strong> feature was eliminated from the diagrams.<br />
In actuality these and other variations are all observed to<br />
occur. In the classical substorm there <strong>is</strong> only one WTS<br />
which occurs at the west edge of an expanding bulge. We<br />
know today that these features ex<strong>is</strong>t in large vortex<br />
streets (multiple auroral vortices occurring in a long<br />
string or street), spanning thousands of kilometers (for<br />
example, the interested reader might <strong>quest</strong>ion which<br />
particular surge <strong>is</strong> the WTS in the fourth example given<br />
in Figure 2 of Murphree et al. [1989]). Also, these features<br />
do not necessarily travel, and when they do, it <strong>is</strong> in<br />
an ep<strong>is</strong>odic manner.<br />
More recently, it has been determined that auroral<br />
expansionlike features last only 5-10 min and can repeat<br />
every 5-30 min [Sergeev, 1974]. These have been referred<br />
to as microsubstorms by Sergeev and later as auroral<br />
intensifications by Rostoker et al. [1980]. The auroral<br />
expansion bulge itself <strong>is</strong> composed of multiple elements<br />
whereby the poleward motion of the bulge proceeds by<br />
the formation of new arc systems at its poleward boundary<br />
[Sergeev and Yahnin, 1979; Yahnin et al., 1983; Sergeev<br />
et al., 1987]. In recent years the concept of a double<br />
oval which <strong>is</strong> remin<strong>is</strong>cent of the double auroral glories<br />
noted by Nordenskiold [1880-1881] has begun to play an<br />
essential role in the understanding of mapping auroral<br />
forms to the magnetosphere [Elphinstone and Hearn,<br />
1992]. Th<strong>is</strong> feature also played no role in the initial<br />
conceptualization of the auroral substorm.<br />
In these earliest versions of the substorm the aurora<br />
was still believed to occur in circular auroral zones<br />
centered on the magnetic poles. However, the frequency<br />
these was further subdivided into three parts. Expansion of occurrence of aurora in th<strong>is</strong> circular zone was much<br />
covers the time of poleward motion of the auroras after lower in the dayside zone than in the nightside zone<br />
breakup, while recovery <strong>is</strong> the retreat equatorward back (because the dayside aurora was actually occurring furto<br />
the quiet time d<strong>is</strong>tribution. In the latter stages of ther poleward). As a result of th<strong>is</strong> belief the dayside<br />
expansion, omega bands (another major auroral pattern auroral changes could not be characterized, since they<br />
associated with substorms) apparently developed in the occurred at a higher latitude than was assumed. By the<br />
early morning sector (fourth schematic of Figure lb). In time of the second schematic, shown in Figure lb, the<br />
general, when the substorm bulge <strong>is</strong> ill-defined in local auroral oval concept of Feldstein [1960] was incorpotime,<br />
the div<strong>is</strong>ion between expansion and recovery be- rated on the nightside, but still very little was known<br />
comes vague. When one region of the aurora <strong>is</strong> moving concerning the dayside morphology. The dayside auroral<br />
poleward, another <strong>is</strong> moving equatorward, and in some d<strong>is</strong>tribution was even more difficult to characterize becases<br />
the midnight sector aurora may return to a quiet cause the aurora there could be seen only during interstate<br />
while auroras at other local times are still progress- vals of darkness centered around the winter solstice.<br />
ing poleward. In principle, the two phases are easily Further, its location at high magnetic latitude made it<br />
d<strong>is</strong>tingu<strong>is</strong>hed on a local scale at least. In practice, the difficult to find ground observatories capable of recorddiv<strong>is</strong>ion<br />
can be difficult to time accurately, which can ing the dayside aurora. These reasons help explain why<br />
lead to problems in detailed compar<strong>is</strong>ons with other it was not until the work of Feldstein and Starkov [1967]<br />
measurements and definitions of expansion/recovery that the dayside aurora was introduced into the subphases.<br />
storm schematics (see far left column of Figure 2). In
174 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
A. T=O . T=O"-5 MIN<br />
80"<br />
70'<br />
60'<br />
C. T=5-10 MIN D, T=10-30 MIN<br />
E. T=30 MIN-I HR F T=1-2 HR T=2-3 HR<br />
F.-.- A<br />
Figure lb. The view of auroral activity generalized from multiple observations. Reprinted from Akasofu<br />
[1964] (with kind perm<strong>is</strong>sion from Elsevier Science Ltd., The Boulevard, Langford Lane, Kidlington OX5<br />
th<strong>is</strong> later version, fan arcs appear in both the afternoon bulge begins in the morning sector with the WTS initially<br />
and morning sectors shortly after breakup. These basic located near midnight. In th<strong>is</strong> schematic the WTS travchanges<br />
were later incorporated into the schematic given eled past the 1800 MLT meridian over the course of the<br />
by Akasofu [1968], which compr<strong>is</strong>es the center left col- 1-3 hour substorm. It <strong>is</strong> interesting to note that once the<br />
umn of Figure 2. In th<strong>is</strong> new schematic, other modifica- timescales given in Figures la and lb were selected,<br />
tions to the nightside were introduced. The substorm these were adopted in later schematics. It <strong>is</strong> now known<br />
70'<br />
70 ø
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 1 75<br />
Feldstein & Starkov (1967) Akasofu (1968)<br />
a b<br />
c<br />
Montbriand (1971)<br />
T=0 T=0 T=0<br />
Fukun<strong>is</strong>hi (1975)<br />
d<br />
T =-2--1 h<br />
T=0-5 m T=0-5 m T=0-5 m T =-1 -0 h<br />
T-5- 10m T--5- 10m T=5- 10m<br />
\<br />
T= 10-30 m T = 10-30 m<br />
T=15-30m<br />
T=0- 10m<br />
T=10-30m<br />
T 30 60m T 30 60m T 30 60m T 30 60m<br />
T-- I -2h T-- I -2h T= I -2h T-- I -2h<br />
Figure 2. Some of the various auroral schematics which have developed over the years (rev<strong>is</strong>ed from<br />
Montbriand [1992]). (a) Dayside shown for the first time. Reprinted from Feldstein and Starkov [1967] with<br />
kind perm<strong>is</strong>sion from Elsevier Science Ltd., The Boulevard, Langford Lane, Kidlington OX5 1GB, UK. (b)<br />
High-latitude arcs are eliminated in the view byAkasofu [1968]. Reprinted by perm<strong>is</strong>sion of Kluwer Academic<br />
Publ<strong>is</strong>hers. (c) Montbriand [1971] shows the equivalent proton aurora substorm. Reprinted by perm<strong>is</strong>sion of<br />
Kluwer Academic Publ<strong>is</strong>hers. (d) A view of how both the electron and proton auroras act during a substorm<br />
[Fukun<strong>is</strong>hi, 1975].
1 76 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
that an entire optical substorm (with the appropriate came quite stretched. Baker et al. [1978] found that<br />
phases) can last for as little as 30 min [Murphree et al., preferentially field-aligned electron d<strong>is</strong>tributions oc-<br />
1991].<br />
curred at geosynchronous orbit for 30 min to 1.5 hours<br />
The schematics d<strong>is</strong>cussed above were based on opti- prior to virtually every substorm. Thus growth phase<br />
cal em<strong>is</strong>sions associated with electron precipitation. became an integral part of substorm studies based on<br />
Equivalent schemes have been developed based on the magnetospheric observations.<br />
486.1-nm optical aurora (associated with proton precip- Support for the growth phase has been less evident in<br />
itation). Similar general development (see center right the aurora, and some researchers even today will claim<br />
column of Figure 2, from Montbriand [1971]) was ob- there <strong>is</strong> no d<strong>is</strong>tinctive auroral signature associated with<br />
served, although the position of the substorm bulge was growth phase. Some of the early ionospheric auroral<br />
put in the evening sector and the WTS did not appear to researchers who supported the concept of a growth<br />
travel as far westward. Later schematics developed by phase were Starkov et al. [1971], Kaneda [1973], and<br />
Fukun<strong>is</strong>hi [1975] (Figure 2d) incorporated both electron Vorobjev et al. [1976]. These people found that the dayand<br />
proton auroral developments. In th<strong>is</strong> version it was side auroral activity often intensified and that the aurora<br />
claimed that spatial and temporal developments for the would drift equatorward at 100-250 m s - about 1 hour<br />
two forms of aurora are quite different. The proton before auroral breakup. Th<strong>is</strong> view <strong>is</strong> reflected in the<br />
aurora was found to lay equatorward of the electron substorm schematic by Fukun<strong>is</strong>hi [1975] (Figure 2d,<br />
aurora premidnight with a crossover in the midnight and top).<br />
postmidnight sectors. In the latter region, diffuse elec- It <strong>is</strong> probably obvious today that enhanced convection<br />
tron and proton auroras overlapped. During expansion (see glossary) implies enhanced field-aligned currents<br />
phase the electron auroras produced a surge form in the into the ionosphere (via the divergence of the associated<br />
premidnight region which had little proton-associated electric field in an ionosphere of constant conductivity)<br />
aurora, whereas in the postmidnight sector the situation which in turn are associated with precipitating particles.<br />
was reversed, with the proton aurora forming the dom- Thus a growth phase in the magnetosphere <strong>is</strong> very likely<br />
inant portion of the substorm bulge.<br />
to have auroral signatures in the ionosphere. As we have<br />
All of these schematics (with the exception of the seen, however, h<strong>is</strong>torically the substorm concept was<br />
later schematic by Fukun<strong>is</strong>hi [1975]) shared the common developed without good coverage of the regions where<br />
view that the auroral substorm began with the auroral growth effects might be seen. Further, the lack of ground<br />
breakup and that only two phases of the substorm were coverage could not ensure that an auroral breakup was<br />
involved. In the early 1970s, McPherron [1970] and oth- not the cause of the activity. As a result the ex<strong>is</strong>tence of<br />
ers [see McPherron, 1972] introduced the idea of a the growth phase itself and definitely any associated<br />
growth phase in the magnetosphere which precedes the auroral phenomena were controversial topics for some<br />
substorm auroral breakup. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> supposedly a period of time. Today, a growth phase in the magnetosphere <strong>is</strong> not<br />
enhanced convection and a time when magnetic flux <strong>is</strong> generally <strong>quest</strong>ioned, but the associated ionospheric sigadded<br />
to the magnetotail. Th<strong>is</strong> new concept was based natures are still quite controversial. <strong>Global</strong> images of the<br />
mainly on the use of case studies and so was criticized on auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution under fully sunlit conditions have<br />
the bas<strong>is</strong> that the events were chosen to support the helped to identify unambiguously growth phase signaconcept<br />
[McPherron, 1974; Akasofu and Snyder, 1972]. tures both on the dayside and on the nightside [Elphin-<br />
Other critics, such as Rostoker [1974, p. 325], held the stone et al., 1991a, 1995a].<br />
view that since equatorward arc motion was seen during Another feature of the auroral activity not recognized<br />
both "growth" and recovery phases, "growth phase pe- earlier was periods of magnetic d<strong>is</strong>turbances for which<br />
riods were defined by virtue of subsequent expansion no apparent expansion phase signatures were seen<br />
phase activity." It should be noted here that in a similar [Kokubun, 1977]. Th<strong>is</strong> has been associated with steady<br />
manner, th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> how pseudobreakups today are d<strong>is</strong>tin- enhanced magnetospheric convection and has been exgu<strong>is</strong>hed<br />
from "true" breakups. (Koskinen et al. [1993] tensively studied by Yahnin et al. [1994]. Another signifhave<br />
found that pseudobreakups and breakups are es- icant auroral pattern which went unrecognized for a long<br />
sentially d<strong>is</strong>tingu<strong>is</strong>hed by their strength and their conse- time was the ex<strong>is</strong>tence of and indeed formation of polar<br />
quences.) Critics believed that only rarely could a growth arcs during substorms [e.g., Ismail and Meng, 1982; Murphase<br />
be manifested without substorm expansion signa- phree et al., 1987].<br />
tures ex<strong>is</strong>ting simultaneously somewhere else in the As optical observations were compared with magnetic<br />
nightside ionosphere (see the d<strong>is</strong>cussion by Walt [1974]). records, it was found that a broad correspondence could<br />
The growth phase idea was initially supported by be made between an auroral breakup and a magnetic<br />
observations of the dayside magnetopause moving in- pulsation called a Pi 2. Th<strong>is</strong> event <strong>is</strong> in fact frequently<br />
ward (assumed to be attributable to a reconnection used as a working definition of an onset [Rostoker et al.,<br />
process) when the interplanetary magnetic field (IMF) 1980], although each of the multiple elements which<br />
B z turned southward and subsequently a substorm took compr<strong>is</strong>e a bulge <strong>is</strong> also apparently associated with Pi 2<br />
place [Aubry et al., 1970]. Walker et al. [1976] found that activity [Sergeev, 1981]. Unfortunately, threshold probprior<br />
to substorm onset, the magnetotail field lines be- lems also ex<strong>is</strong>t for th<strong>is</strong> pulsation, which makes the exact
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 1 77<br />
timing of an onset (defined th<strong>is</strong> way) ambiguous [Elphin- Th<strong>is</strong> representation shows that previous to the breakup<br />
stone et al., 1995a]. For a d<strong>is</strong>cussion of some of the event, the arcs at the poleward boundary were moving<br />
character<strong>is</strong>tics of Pi 2 pulsations (a period of 40-150 s), poleward at a speed similar to the expanding bulge<br />
see work by Yumoto et al. [1990, and references therein]. (about 0.3-0.5 km s-). For short intervals during the<br />
Those authors have attributed these pulsations to global expansion, more rapid motion <strong>is</strong> seen. Meanwhile the<br />
forced field line oscillations in a resonant magneto- arcs inside the bulge are moving equatorward (seen at<br />
spheric cavity or to normal modes of the tail [see also about 55 min after the beginning of Plate lb).<br />
Hopcraft and Smith, 1986; Takahashi et al., 1992]. Lester The 486.1-nm em<strong>is</strong>sion <strong>is</strong> a hydrogen line (H) due to<br />
et al. [1983] have characterized Pi 2 pulsations in relation impact excitation of neutral hydrogen. Charge exchange<br />
to the substorm current wedge. Another magnetic sig- alters the initial H + precipitation to a mixture of charged<br />
nature associated with breakup <strong>is</strong> the Pi(b) pulsation. and neutral hydrogen (see work by Edgar et al. [1973] for<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> has a broad frequency range (from the Pi 2 fre- details). Th<strong>is</strong> em<strong>is</strong>sion allows the proton aurora to be<br />
quency up to 10 Hz) and has been attributed to a compared with its electron counterpart. Plate lc shows<br />
precipitation-driven ionospheric source [Grant et al., keograms based on 486.1-nm scanning photometer data<br />
1988; Grant and Bums, 1995].<br />
at two locations for the same times as in Plate lb. The<br />
1.3. Ground-Based Observations<br />
em<strong>is</strong>sions in the top right of Plate lc were observed at<br />
large zenith angles (i.e., close to the observer's horizon)<br />
We have described the gradual evolution of substorm and so differ somewhat from those seen in the center of<br />
schematics and related some of the ambiguities in de- the observation on the left-hand side because of some<br />
fining onset, the duration, and the phases of an auroral geometrical d<strong>is</strong>tortion. In order to get the em<strong>is</strong>sions at<br />
substorm. In th<strong>is</strong> subsection we shall show some ground- the two locations to agree in latitude, it was necessary to<br />
based auroral data to illustrate how a breakup can ap- put the hydrogen em<strong>is</strong>sion at 130 km altitude. A compear<br />
from the ground.<br />
par<strong>is</strong>on of the 557.7-nm (electron) and 486.1-nm (pro-<br />
Plate la shows a quite "clean" auroral breakup event ton) data shows that the electron breakup arcs lie within<br />
on January 4, 1995, recorded in 557.7-nm em<strong>is</strong>sion by a the proton precipitation but poleward of its peak (see<br />
charge-coupled device (CCD) all-sky imager (ASI) lo- also section 3.3). Note that when the breakup electron<br />
cated at Gillam, Manitoba, Canada. These observations arc brightens and moves poleward, the proton em<strong>is</strong>sion<br />
were taken between 2200 and 2300 MLT, and the images shows both a poleward and equatorward expansion. An<br />
cover a 70 ø zenith angle field of view (i.e., the outer circle unusual feature that can be seen in the observation on<br />
represents the locus of points 20 ø above the horizon). the right-hand side of Plate lc <strong>is</strong> the appearance of a<br />
The view <strong>is</strong> presented as though one were looking down proton arc approximately coincident (in time) with auon<br />
the imaging area in order to be cons<strong>is</strong>tent with global roral breakup but ex<strong>is</strong>ting nearly 6 ø equatorward of the<br />
satellite images presented later. North <strong>is</strong> at the top, and main hydrogen arc system.<br />
west to the left. Some of the patterns d<strong>is</strong>cerned are Vallance Jones et al. [1982] have compared the proton<br />
dependent on the sensitivity of both the imager and the and electron signatures as a function both of local time<br />
scheme used to d<strong>is</strong>play the data. For example, in the first and time from onset. They found that the local time<br />
two observations in Plate la, faint arcs and diffuse em<strong>is</strong>- relative to midnight was important in determining the<br />
sion can be seen at intensities less than 1 kR. At 0459:06 location of the proton aurora relative to the electron<br />
UT and for other images near th<strong>is</strong> time, two faint forms aurora. Toward midnight the electron arcs ex<strong>is</strong>t closer to<br />
separated in longitude can be seen located within the th<strong>is</strong> proton precipitation. Th<strong>is</strong> was substantiated in work<br />
broader diffuse em<strong>is</strong>sion. These have faded by 0503:06<br />
UT, and by 0506:07 UT the most equatorward arc has<br />
by Deehr [1994] and Samson et al. [1992].<br />
brightened. Th<strong>is</strong> coincided with a Pi 2 signature at a 1.4. <strong>Global</strong>-Scale Satellite Imaging<br />
nearby ground magnetometer. The activity rapidly pro- In contrast with the local view just presented, global<br />
gressed poleward, and by 0515:07 UT, multiple d<strong>is</strong>tor- auroral imaging from satellites provides a larger-scale<br />
tions known as folds or spirals can be seen at the pole- context in which to put the previous information. Imagward<br />
boundary of the expanding substorm bulge. By ing of th<strong>is</strong> nature was first reported [Anger et al., 1973]<br />
0527:06 UT most of the field of view of the camera was using the scanning photometer on board the ISIS 2<br />
filled with bright arcs. These gradually faded, leaving satellite. Th<strong>is</strong> imager was capable of acquiring one image<br />
only an intense arc system at the poleward boundary by of both 557.7- and 391.4-nm em<strong>is</strong>sion every orbit (--100<br />
0546:07 UT.<br />
min) with a spatial resolution of about 10 km. Th<strong>is</strong> was<br />
Images supply a necessary two-dimensional view of the first time that the entire auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution could be<br />
the developing aurora, but in order to describe the obtained in just a few minutes; th<strong>is</strong> enabled determinadynamics<br />
of the system it <strong>is</strong> useful to look at keograms of tion of the nearly instantaneous equivalent to the stat<strong>is</strong>the<br />
same data. These are latitude-versus-time plots tical auroral oval. Another very successful set of imagers<br />
(along the Gillam magnetic meridian) of the evolving were those associated with the Defense Meteorological<br />
intensity. Plate lb shows the keogram developed from Satellite Program (DMSP) set of satellites [Rogers et al.,<br />
the ASI data, assuming an em<strong>is</strong>sion altitude of 120 km. 1974]. These broadband imagers had similar time reso-
1 78 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
04:50:0 05:00:Oe 5:05:07<br />
05:10:07 05:1 5:07 0 5:27'.0B<br />
05:31:06 05'36:08 05:46:07<br />
Sltm= e (557. nm 0:59-05: 6/ 50104UT)<br />
Plate 1. (a) All-sky camera images (ASI) of an auroral breakup event. North <strong>is</strong> to the top, west <strong>is</strong> to the left.<br />
(b) A keogram constructed from the ASI data to illustrate auroral motions. Note the poleward moving arcs<br />
prior to onset and the sporadic poleward motions during the expansion. (c) Keograms from a scanning<br />
photometer showing the proton aurora development. Note that the peak in th<strong>is</strong> aurora lies equatorward of the<br />
electron breakup arc. The observation at right shows additional proton precipitation (beginning at onset) far<br />
equatorward of the main band of precipitation.<br />
t
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 179<br />
5<br />
66<br />
66<br />
63-<br />
AS! [Gilloft at 'I JO kin]<br />
043,-0600 UT! 95004<br />
&7,7 nrn<br />
' I i<br />
0 20 40 60<br />
TIME, MINUTE]<br />
Plate 1. (continued)<br />
MPA [Gillam at fi33 km]<br />
0,13'1-0600 U T/950 'I 0,1<br />
486,, nrn<br />
I I<br />
28.9 k.N<br />
0 5<br />
C.<br />
_ .<br />
!<br />
lution, but the spatial resolution of about 3 km allowed<br />
detailed auroral patterns to be described. The Japanese<br />
began a new type of auroral imaging with the ultraviolet<br />
(UV) imager on board the Kyokko satellite [Kaneda et<br />
al., 1977]. Choosing UV wavelengths made it possible to<br />
view the aurora under full sunlit conditions and there-<br />
fore opened up a new realm of auroral observing. As<br />
well, th<strong>is</strong> new imager was a snapshot camera, meaning<br />
that all portions of the image were acquired simultaneously<br />
and rapidly (every 2 min). Imagers of the scanning<br />
variety have the drawback that different points on<br />
the image are acquired at different times, which has<br />
serious limitations for studying the dynamics of the substorm<br />
process. The Dynamics Explorer (DE) program<br />
also used UV imaging in multiple wavelengths using the<br />
spin-scan technology. These imaging photometers had<br />
full frame temporal resolution of 12 min [Frank et al.,<br />
1981]. CCD snapshot UV type imagers were introduced<br />
onto the Viking satellite by Anger et al. [1987], achieving<br />
an exposure time of 1 s and a repetition rate limited only<br />
by telemetry and satellite spin period (20 s for the Viking<br />
imager). The <strong>quest</strong> for better time resolution to study<br />
the rapid auroral dynamics has led to imagers with<br />
repetition rates of 8 s (the Akebono satellite) [Oguti et<br />
al., 1990] and 6 s with the Freja satellite [Murphree et al.,<br />
1994a].<br />
Plate 2 illustrates how the northern auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribu-<br />
tion looks as viewed from a satellite (Viking in th<strong>is</strong> case).<br />
The left schematic shows the Earth with continental<br />
outlines along with the stat<strong>is</strong>tical auroral oval as viewed<br />
IJ_l<br />
62<br />
6O<br />
56<br />
MPA [Pinawa ot fi30 km]<br />
0,131-0600 U It 90 ' 04<br />
486, nrn<br />
I ! I<br />
4C oU<br />
IIMF [MiN!,.,I F) il ,v [ MN[ IE. I<br />
Plate 1. (continued)<br />
tR
180 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 ! REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
Vkng Satellite<br />
055753 ut<br />
ARGE-SCALE -URO. ALIg AGING<br />
AE(11 $TAT1OI', S<br />
Plate 2. A global satellite view (Viking) of the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution. The left image shows a simulated view<br />
from the satellite. The white box shows the region to be acquired as an image. Also shown are the continental<br />
outlines, the day-night terminator line, and the stat<strong>is</strong>tical auroral oval. The right panel shows the actual<br />
observations of the double auroral oval after being transformed into a CGM coordinate system and having the<br />
dayglow subtracted (most of the image was taken in full sunlight). Magnetic local times are shown every 6<br />
hours, and 60 and 80 magnetic latitude (MLAT) circles are also given. The small circles represent 45 ø zenith<br />
angle field of views (at 120 km) of the 11 ground stations used to determine the AE index in 1970. Also shown<br />
for one of these stations are the field of views at 20 ø , 45 ø , 70 ø , and 85 ø . Note that most of the useful all-sky<br />
camera data <strong>is</strong> for zenith angles less than 70 ø .<br />
from the perspective of the satellite. The white line [Elphinstone and Hearn, 1992; Elphinstone et al.,<br />
traversing the Earth represents the dividing mark be- 1995b].<br />
tween regions of the Earth which are sunlit and those The small circles shown in the right image of Plate 2<br />
which are not (the Sun <strong>is</strong> in the direction indicated by correspond to the horizon field of views (45 ø zenith<br />
the arrow in the bottom left corner). The white box angle) of ground observers located at various magneindicates<br />
the region of space to be imaged. The right tometer sites around the world. These were the sites (in<br />
image shows some of the acquired auroral data after 1970) from which the auroral electrojet (AE) index was<br />
transforming the data into a corrected geomagnetic determined. Note that the dayside aurora lies quite far<br />
coordinate system (noon at the center top and dusk to poleward of most of these. For the station located near<br />
the center left) and after the dayglow contributions midnight, additional horizon field of views (at 120 km<br />
have been removed. Note that most of the aurora altitude) are indicated (20 ø, 45 ø, 70 ø, and 85ø). These<br />
presented here could not be recorded at all by ground horizons show that as one looks more obliquely from the<br />
observers since it occurred in full daylight. The main ground, a larger spatial d<strong>is</strong>tance in the ionosphere <strong>is</strong><br />
UV oval <strong>is</strong> the more equatorward of the two arc covered. Th<strong>is</strong> effect results in large perspective d<strong>is</strong>torsystems<br />
seen throughout the morning sector. We have tions of auroral features as the angle from zenith inused<br />
the term main UV oval to d<strong>is</strong>tingu<strong>is</strong>h th<strong>is</strong> feature creases. Zenith angles more than about 45 ø result in<br />
from the broader region usually identified with the significant spatial d<strong>is</strong>tortions. Th<strong>is</strong> conveys some of the<br />
auroral oval. It also has an equivalent form at v<strong>is</strong>ible problems involved in observing the global dynamics of<br />
wavelengths. We shall see in section 3 that th<strong>is</strong> "dou- the aurora based on ground data. Stations which are<br />
ble oval" structure <strong>is</strong> an important feature in under- useful on the nightside are not useful on the dayside, and<br />
standing mapping from the ionosphere to the magne- so a large international infrastructure must ex<strong>is</strong>t to protosphere<br />
in the later stages of an auroral substorm vide even a rudimentary coverage on a global scale.
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 181<br />
1.5. Solar Wind, Currents, Convection, and the magnetic storm was simply a combination of a compres-<br />
Aurora<br />
sion of the magnetosphere and a series of injections<br />
The main objective of th<strong>is</strong> paper <strong>is</strong> to d<strong>is</strong>cuss active associated with the substorm process. Others believed<br />
auroral phenomena, but a necessary element of th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> to that the substorm was a more incidental event with<br />
understand the relationship between the aurora and convection providing the ring current energization reother<br />
geophysical data sets. For h<strong>is</strong>torical and other sponsible for a storm. D<strong>is</strong>cussion of some of th<strong>is</strong> conreasons<br />
the most significant of these geophysical data troversy regarding the substorm/storm relationship has<br />
sets <strong>is</strong> that provided by magnetic field measurements been given by Feldstein [1992]. Today, simulations by<br />
(primarily on the ground). These deal predominantly Hudson et al. [1995] lead one to conclude that ring<br />
with three phenomena important to auroral activity: current enhancements (and thus a magnetic storm) can<br />
magnetic pulsations, ionospheric currents, and field- occur without the absolute need for an auroral substorm.<br />
aligned currents. Magnetic indices (such asA U, AL, and Th<strong>is</strong> can come about from induced electric fields accel-<br />
AE) have been used extensively to characterize the erating solar wind particles attributable to an interaction<br />
ionospheric electrojet current flow.<br />
of an interplanetary shock with the Earth's magneto-<br />
These electrojets are closely tied to field-aligned cur- sphere. On the other hand, there has been considerable<br />
rents, which in turn can be linked to electron particle success in re-creating the Dst index (storm activity) from<br />
precipitation and hence to the aurora. Theories concern- the AE index (more directly related to substorm activiing<br />
the substorm process sometimes make predictions ty). These calculations assume that energetic particle<br />
regarding these indices (e.g., the near-Earth neutral line injection events associated with auroral substorms enmodel<br />
described later), and considerable effort has been hance the ring current and give r<strong>is</strong>e to the equatorial<br />
put into predicting these indices based on the solar wind magnetic field changes. Thus magnetic storms are likely<br />
conditions [e.g., Goertz et al., 1993]. It <strong>is</strong> therefore an to be due to a superposition of magnetospheric comimportant<br />
aspect of auroral substorms to understand a pression, substorm injections, and convection. There<br />
few of the basic relationships with these indices. are, however, details of th<strong>is</strong> process which are not yet<br />
The A U magnetic index <strong>is</strong> a measure of the eastward well understood. For example, why do not all substorms<br />
electrojet and <strong>is</strong> associated with stations located in the give r<strong>is</strong>e to a magnetic storm, and what governs th<strong>is</strong><br />
dusk sector [Allen and Kroehl, 1975]. The AL index relation? <strong>What</strong> signature might one expect in the aurora<br />
measures the westward electrojet with contributions from an interplanetary shock? How do these signatures<br />
ar<strong>is</strong>ing primarily from the postmidnight and dawn sec- relate to the substorm process? Gonzalez et al. [1994]<br />
tors. Thus A U <strong>is</strong> naturally related to afternoon sector have given an excellent overview of some of these topics<br />
auroral variations, while AL <strong>is</strong> more closely connected and of the storm/substorm relationship in general.<br />
with the auroral substorm bulge and morning sector The ionospheric currents from which some of these<br />
activity. These indices are related to the ground mag- indices are derived form only a part of the three-dimennetic<br />
perturbations attributable to the currents flowing sional current circuit linking the ionosphere to the magat<br />
ionospheric heights.<br />
netosphere. During active times there are other specific<br />
Another index, called Dst, <strong>is</strong> closely linked to the current elements which play a crucial role as illustrated<br />
concept of a magnetospheric storm and to variations at in Figure 3. On the left (from Sergeev et al., 1996] <strong>is</strong> a<br />
the magnetopause and energy stored in the ring current. three-dimensional view of the Earth (not to scale) show-<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> index <strong>is</strong> related to the equatorial region magnetic ing the substorm current wedge (SCW), the partial ring<br />
perturbations resulting from these magnetospheric cur- current (DRP), and the azimuthally symmetric ring currents.<br />
During a magnetic storm, currents of several rent (DR). The SCW <strong>is</strong> intimately associated with the<br />
megaamperes can flow in the ring current. A magnetic d<strong>is</strong>ruption (at onset) of the magnetospheric current<br />
storm <strong>is</strong> considered to have occurred when th<strong>is</strong> index <strong>is</strong> which flows in a dawn-to-dusk sense (cross-tail current).<br />
less than about -30 nT. As d<strong>is</strong>cussed by Gonzalez et al. Th<strong>is</strong> d<strong>is</strong>ruption <strong>is</strong> linked to the ionosphere via field-<br />
[1994], Chapman [1962, p. 9] made a link between the aligned currents (upward to the west and downward to<br />
concept of the magnetospheric storm and the newly the east) which close in a westward electrojet (associated<br />
emerging idea of a polar substorm:<br />
with the magnetic perturbation which produces changes<br />
A magnetic storm cons<strong>is</strong>ts of sporadic and intermittent<br />
polar d<strong>is</strong>turbances, the lifetime being usually one<br />
or more hours. These I call polar substorms. Although<br />
polar substorms occur most often during magnetic<br />
storms, they also appear during rather quiet<br />
periods when no significant storm <strong>is</strong> in progress.<br />
in the AL index). The DR <strong>is</strong> primarily responsible for<br />
the storm time Dst variations (a westward current causes<br />
a southward or negative magnetic perturbation at the<br />
Earth's surface). The partial ring current may be partly<br />
responsible for the eastward auroral electrojet driven by<br />
closure field-aligned currents. In the ionosphere, westward<br />
and eastward electrojet Hall currents probably flow<br />
Thus, while there appears to be a general agreement in a manner similar to that shown in the illustration from<br />
that storms cannot ex<strong>is</strong>t without substorms, the latter Grafe [1994], on the top right of Figure 3. These currents<br />
can frequently occur without the development of a mag- produce magnetic perturbations on the ground. The<br />
netic storm. In the past, some researchers believed a above field-aligned current elements form a part of the
182 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
Recovery<br />
12<br />
explosive etectrojets<br />
l Current into ionosphere<br />
½..:..'.; Current away from ionosphere<br />
Expansion (severe)<br />
12<br />
667,0 9<br />
Figure 3. The main current systems flowing in the ionosphere during a substorm. (Left) Schematic of three<br />
of the current systems and their closure in the magnetosphere [from Sergeev et al., 1996]. (Top right) Dominant<br />
electrojets ex<strong>is</strong>ting during a substorm [from Grafe, 1994]. (Bottom right) Multiple field-aligned currents seen<br />
during an auroral substorm [from Iijima and Potemra, 1978].<br />
large-scale pattern which has been characterized in<br />
terms of its direction of flow with respect to the ionosphere.<br />
The pattern of observed field-aligned currents<br />
[from Iijima and Potemra, 1978] <strong>is</strong> given on the bottom<br />
right of Figure 3.<br />
As noted earlier it was recognized by Dav<strong>is</strong> [1962]<br />
-1000" 0 4130 AU ' AL 70 65 GO 55<br />
0200 , ,,'"-.__ ...... :<br />
dusk/| ,x'" i [ - -===- --< --- dawn<br />
000 \ ".'.:-. .---'%_.-'""):' /<br />
ß ,. o .' I 'ø'' oø'<br />
OgO0 / /''<br />
0700 !<br />
13800<br />
0900<br />
1000<br />
1000[m/s] midnight<br />
that auroral drifts were in general opposite to the direction<br />
of current flow in the ionosphere. Figure 4, from<br />
Nakamura and Oguti [1987], confirms th<strong>is</strong> view at least<br />
for pulsating auroral patches. Th<strong>is</strong> observation gives<br />
information which can then be used to infer that valid<br />
explanations for auroral features (i.e., omega bands and<br />
Figure 4. <strong>Auroral</strong> drifts on February 16, 1980<br />
[from Nakamura and Oguti, 1987]. The struc-<br />
tures were mostly pulsating auroral patches. The<br />
A U and AL indices are plotted in the inner<br />
circle.
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 183<br />
potentially the azimuthally spaced auroral forms linked<br />
with onset) associated with pulsating aurora must also be a<br />
related to E x B (where E <strong>is</strong> the electric field and B <strong>is</strong><br />
the magnetic field) plasma drifts.<br />
Directly driven versus unloading signatures. The 600<br />
flow of ionospheric currents <strong>is</strong> intimately related to the<br />
electric field pattern imposed by the magnetosphere.<br />
Under the simplifying assumption of equipotential mag-<br />
netic field lines, any perpendicular (to the ionospheric x<br />
m 400<br />
magnetic field line) electric field results in an E x B drift _z<br />
of plasma, termed convection. Although normally th<strong>is</strong><br />
drift has no net current associated with it, in the ionosphere,<br />
coll<strong>is</strong>ions reduce the mobility of the ions resulting<br />
in Hall currents, which are the electrojet currents 200<br />
described above. While some auroral forms follow th<strong>is</strong><br />
plasma drift in the ionosphere, other features such as the<br />
poleward edge of the substorm bulge do not. Thus two<br />
fundamentally different types of auroral motion are<br />
seen; one <strong>is</strong> directly related to convection, while the<br />
other <strong>is</strong> related to magnetospheric topology changes or<br />
to the growth of some instability which eventually be-<br />
comes independent of the external driver (the solar b<br />
wind). The large-scale convection associated with the<br />
dawn and dusk sector electrojets (see Figure 3) <strong>is</strong> often<br />
related directly to variations in parameters in the solar 21<br />
wind. The component of magnetic indices for which th<strong>is</strong><br />
<strong>is</strong> true <strong>is</strong> called the directly driven component, while the<br />
other <strong>is</strong> called the unloading aspect of auroral activity F-<br />
("unloading" since built-up energy <strong>is</strong> rapidly d<strong>is</strong>sipated).<br />
Akasofu [1981] considered the entire substorm process<br />
to be a process driven directly from the solar wind, while<br />
others described a period of energy build up in the u<br />
ß 0<br />
magnetosphere which <strong>is</strong> subsequently explosively re-<br />
0<br />
leased [e.g., Baker et al., 1981]. Both directly driven and 15 -<br />
unloading systems are likely to actually operate [N<strong>is</strong>hida<br />
and Kamide, 1983].<br />
I SOLID SQUARE-LANL PRECURSOR<br />
For the purposes of th<strong>is</strong> paper, unloading activity will<br />
OPEN CIRCLES-AURORAL PRECURSORS<br />
be associated with the auroral breakup and the explosive<br />
SOLID CIRCLES-MAGNETOMETER PRECURSORS<br />
poleward motion, while growth phase phenomena and<br />
auroral dynamics occurring without an obvious connec-<br />
I<br />
112300<br />
I<br />
112600<br />
I<br />
112900<br />
I<br />
113200<br />
tion to the breakup will be considered as directly driven.<br />
TIME (hhmns UT) OCT 19<br />
The view adopted in th<strong>is</strong> paper <strong>is</strong> that the energy buildup Figure 5. (a) AE index for an event on October 19, 1986,<br />
process has associated with it enhanced convection, which had a very strong growth phase. The portion of the graph<br />
which <strong>is</strong> effectively directly driven by the solar wind. The labeled "directly driven" occurred before substorm onset (1132<br />
enhanced convection can be associated with character- UT), based on Viking auroral data. Note that for th<strong>is</strong> event the<br />
<strong>is</strong>tic auroral changes which are growth phase signatures. growth phase electrojet index <strong>is</strong> nearly as large as that found after<br />
Superimposed on th<strong>is</strong> condition of enhanced convection substorm onset. (b) Various precursors in the afternoon/dusk/<br />
evening sector seen in the 12 min prior to substorm onset. The<br />
<strong>is</strong> an explosive unloading of energy due to some form(s)<br />
open circles show the auroral precursors, and the solid circles<br />
of instability in the magnetosphere. The combination of<br />
show precursors in ground magnetometer data. The solid square<br />
these two processes gives the complex activity evident in<br />
shows a precursor signature seen at geosynchronous altitude. Th<strong>is</strong><br />
the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution. Elphinstone et al. [1991a] have strongly supports a causal relationship between some dayside<br />
shown an example of how these two different processes auroral features and a subsequent substorm onset.<br />
can appear in the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution. In that example,<br />
afternoon and early morning sector growth phase auroral<br />
activity could be associated with large AL/AU cation, 1995) and geosynchronous injections (G. Reeves,<br />
magnetic perturbations. Figure 5a shows the AE (A U - personal communication, 1995) that substorm onset oc-<br />
AL) index for th<strong>is</strong> event. We know from the global curred between 1131 and 1132 UT. Thus the activity<br />
images, Pi 2 information (G. Burns, personal communi- prior to th<strong>is</strong> (marked as "directly driven" in Figure 5a)<br />
18 -<br />
I _...d I<br />
I I<br />
DIRICTLY DRIVEN<br />
I<br />
I<br />
I<br />
+UNLOADIN(<br />
1100U 113UT-ONSET<br />
,,// 1120JT<br />
i<br />
I I .I<br />
103000 110000 113000<br />
TIMF. (hhmm.q.q liT} ON Of TT'. 19. 1986<br />
FIT: MLT= a UT(min before onset) + b<br />
a= .96 +- .08 MLT/min<br />
b= 22.9+- .5MLT<br />
r=- .95 p = 7e-10<br />
SPEED IS 26 L km/s<br />
L=I 0 ==> 260 km/s O<br />
T0(12MLT)= 1120UT<br />
o<br />
ONSET
184 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
was not related to the unloading of energy due to the character<strong>is</strong>tics of the solar wind may play a role in the<br />
onset of some instability. Note that most of th<strong>is</strong> directly occurrence of substorms.<br />
driven activity occurred in the 12 min prior to substorm Tsurutani et al. [1990] showed that the continuous<br />
onset and that it was of a magnitude comparable to that magnetic activity which follows a storm period <strong>is</strong> actually<br />
seen during the unloading portion of the substorm. associated with Alfvenic wave intervals in the solar wind<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> activity showed a pronounced temporal develop- and that the activity <strong>is</strong> driven by the southward compoment<br />
from the dayside to the nightside (Figure 5b). Th<strong>is</strong> nent of the Alfvenic intervals. The concept that northant<strong>is</strong>unward<br />
motion in the ionosphere could be seen in ward IMF plays a role in magnetic activity was extended<br />
the magnetometer data (solid circles in Figure 5b), the by Rossberg [1989], who demonstrated that high solar<br />
auroral image data (open circles), and even in geosyn- wind speeds increased magnetic activity for IMF Bz<br />
chronous satellite data (solid square). Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> to our northward. One must then ask if th<strong>is</strong> activity <strong>is</strong> being<br />
knowledge the first example of very clear dayside-to- driven directly by the solar wind or whether the solar<br />
nightside progression of activity such that there ap- wind speed can play a significant role in substorm onset<br />
peared to be a causal relationship with substorm onset. itself. Sudden impulses in solar wind pressure are also<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> event also showed that without auroral imaging, significant factors, as seen in the work by Iyemori and<br />
directly driven magnetic activity cannot easily be d<strong>is</strong>tin- Tsunomura [1983]. There are some indications that azigu<strong>is</strong>hed<br />
from the activity associated with an auroral<br />
muthally spaced auroral form (AAF) onsets (see section<br />
onset of explosive poleward motion (most researchers<br />
2.1 below) are associated with solar wind density enwould<br />
choose 1120 UT to be the time of substorm onset hancements [Elphinstone et al., 1995a]. It <strong>is</strong> apparently<br />
also true that some auroral breakup events are triggered<br />
based only on the AL/A U indices). The fact that directly<br />
by internal events [Horowitz, 1985].<br />
driven (growth phase) auroral activity can reach compa-<br />
It <strong>is</strong> evident that the relationship between what occurs<br />
rable levels of AL and A U to that of expansion phase<br />
in the solar wind and what results in the ionosphere <strong>is</strong> an<br />
activity may indicate why the directly driven reconnecimportant<br />
part of understanding the causes of auroral<br />
tion model of Goertz et al. [1993] was apparently so<br />
activity. In order to do th<strong>is</strong> accurately, however, one<br />
successful in reproducing AL and A U indices. Even<br />
needs to know how well substorm activity <strong>is</strong> reflected in<br />
though th<strong>is</strong> model neglected certain fundamental asthe<br />
magnetic indices l<strong>is</strong>ted above. These indices have<br />
pects of the substorm process, it could nonetheless rebeen<br />
created from a limited set of ground station data so<br />
produce much of the index activity, perhaps because a<br />
that if activity occurs in regions not covered by these<br />
large component of the activity was directly driven for<br />
stations, the activity will be m<strong>is</strong>sed. Are there time<br />
the events chosen.<br />
periods when no substorm activity ex<strong>is</strong>ts? Are these<br />
Causal relationships. One goal of the newly emergtimes<br />
related to specific features in the solar wind, and if<br />
ing field of space weather <strong>is</strong> to be able to predict sub- so what can th<strong>is</strong> teach us concerning the substorm prostorm<br />
activity based upon conditions in the solar wind. cess? These <strong>quest</strong>ions can be addressed using magnetic<br />
Some of the initial work in support of th<strong>is</strong> goal was done indices only if one can trust them to give accurate<br />
by Fairfield and Cahill [1966], who showed that a change information concerning auroral activity.<br />
of the interplanetary magnetic field (IMF) direction Figure 6 shows the AL/A U indices, the solar wind<br />
from north to south was necessary but not sufficient for pressure, IMF B z, and Dst index for a 2-day period<br />
an auroral breakup to occur. More recently, Kamide et which was very quiet. The magnetic indices strongly<br />
al. [1977a] showed that it was virtually certain that a suggest no substantial substorm activity occurred. The<br />
substorm would occur if the 1-hour-averaged IMF Bz sum of Kp (a planetary magnetic index) for the first day<br />
was less than -3 nT (i.e., southward). The rationale for was only 8 +, while for the second it was only 6+ (both<br />
th<strong>is</strong> behavior <strong>is</strong> that the magnetic flux in the magnetotail of these values represent very quiet intervals). The llml<br />
lobes <strong>is</strong> a function of the rate of magnetic reconnection and A U indices did not exceed 200 nT and only exon<br />
the dayside magnetopause and in the magnetotail. ceeded 100 nT for two very short intervals. These also<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> rate <strong>is</strong> governed by the Bz component of the IMF: indicate no major substorm activity. (For a substorm one<br />
as Bz decreases, the magnetotail lobe flux increases, expects these indices to increase during expansion phase<br />
which in turn sets the stage for a magnetospheric sub- and decrease during recovery phase.) As seen in Figure<br />
storm and the associated auroral breakup.<br />
6, the Dst index was almost always greater than 0 (i.e.,<br />
It <strong>is</strong> apparent, however, that the correlation between not a storm period but the magnetosphere was either<br />
substorm occurrence and the Bz component of the IMF compressed or had enhanced magnetopause currents). It<br />
<strong>is</strong> complicated by the interaction between the driven and <strong>is</strong> clear that two of the positive excursions in the Dst<br />
unloadihg components of the substorm process. N<strong>is</strong>hida were directly related to solar wind pressure enhance-<br />
[1972] showed that substorms occurred when Bz was ments (both near 1200 UT on each day). Even though<br />
northward, and Caan et al. [1977] have shown that a IMF Bz was negative for the first interval, the Dst index<br />
turning of the IMF from southward to northward can indicates that no storm resulted and no obvious AL or<br />
also play a role, presumably triggering a substorm by a A U signature was seen (there were two small AL excurdecrease<br />
in convection. Further, it <strong>is</strong> clear that other sions between 0500 and 0800 UT). Viking auroral data
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 185<br />
450<br />
< 150<br />
UNIVERSAL TIME (hhmmss)<br />
120000 240000 120000<br />
-150<br />
-300 DNPO ]77DAYSIDE Io Ni7 I P.A.O ;NPO<br />
-450<br />
lO<br />
z6 . .i,. v<br />
2<br />
m 3<br />
-- ' " '<br />
- ATA FOR ULY 19 and 20,186<br />
Figure 6. Solar wind, Dst, and AL/A U data for a very quiet 2-day period. The AL index remained greater<br />
than -200 nT and was generally greater than -50 nT. The sum of Kp for each day was 8 + and 6 +. <strong>Auroral</strong><br />
activity was observed several times during th<strong>is</strong> interval at the lines marked on the plots. Terms used are as<br />
follows: DNPO, a dayside precursor event followed by a substorm; no dayside, dayside activity was virtually<br />
absent for th<strong>is</strong> period; O, onset observed; and P.A.O., polar arc intensification followed by pseudobreakup.<br />
showed d<strong>is</strong>tinct dayside precursors followed by a well- Magnetic indices are apparently not always sufficient<br />
defined auroral substorm, which was clearly associated to identify auroral substorm events. A large infrastrucwith<br />
the first pressure enhancement. Th<strong>is</strong> was followed ture currently ex<strong>is</strong>ts to support the generation of magby<br />
a time period during which the aurora was very quiet netic activity indices. <strong>What</strong> <strong>is</strong> somewhat surpr<strong>is</strong>ing <strong>is</strong> that<br />
and no obvious dayside (or nightside) auroral activity a similar effort does not currently ex<strong>is</strong>t and <strong>is</strong> not<br />
was taking place even though IMF B z was southward at planned for the production of indices based on global<br />
times and the solar wind pressure was high. No dayside auroral data. In principle, global UV auroral images<br />
traveling convection vortices (TCVs) were reported dur- could be used to generate auroral indices. Tentatively,<br />
ing th<strong>is</strong> interval (nor were they for the second interval, one could env<strong>is</strong>ion three such indices. The first would<br />
from 0800 to 2100 UT on July 20) [McHenry et al., 1990]. describe an approximate energy input into the iono-<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> suggests that high solar wind pressure <strong>is</strong> not always sphere via the global integrated auroral intensity above<br />
necessary for auroral activity. Th<strong>is</strong> may be related to some threshold [e.g., Cogger and Murphree, 1990]. The<br />
whether the pressure <strong>is</strong> increasing or decreasing. second would be a measure of the location of the peak in<br />
During the rest of the period there was a total of six the main UV oval d<strong>is</strong>tribution and could be defined<br />
observed nightside auroral activations, three of which using several local time locations. The third could be the<br />
were multiple onsets separated by about 20 min each area within which the integrated auroral intensities were<br />
and three of which had dayside (or polar arc activations) found. Indices of th<strong>is</strong> nature would allow magnetoauroral<br />
precursors to the nightside onsets. At least five spheric researchers quick and direct access to the state<br />
of these events occurred when IMF Bz was northward of the auroral ionosphere in a much more direct way<br />
(see Figure 6). The event labeled "P.A.O." corresponds than can currently be done based on magnetic indices. In<br />
to the intensification of a polar arc followed by an practice, these indices are difficult to construct algorithauroral<br />
activation which brightened, propagated west- mically, and imagers to date cannot continuously obward<br />
for 2-3 min, and then faded. Th<strong>is</strong> event was ap- serve the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution. Nevertheless, we can<br />
parently triggered by the solar wind pressure increase, look forward to the time when such indices become<br />
but ionospheric or magnetospheric conditions were in- available and can be compared to ex<strong>is</strong>ting magnetic<br />
sufficient to trigger a full auroral substorm. Th<strong>is</strong> 2-day indices.<br />
period serves to illustrate that the mechan<strong>is</strong>ms for driv- Substorm current wedge. As mentioned above, the<br />
ing auroral activity are still not clear and that activity can SCW forms in association with a d<strong>is</strong>ruption of the crossoften<br />
occur without obvious signatures in the standard tail current at the time of auroral breakup. Figure 7<br />
magnetic indices.<br />
illustrates how the SCW relates to the poleward expand-
186 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
:-,r :*'';.< ................. ............. ;:'-:;ii!*:*::-:- ''-**"*'" .....<br />
::.. ..:..: : .........<br />
0 ?::-.: ....... ._-...DMSP- ' :.'<br />
Viking.' '-4.. ........ --:.:.;c::Jf, .......... .; .............................<br />
1812 to 1:, UT<br />
. .<br />
:..::;.:::. .......... .:. ...... ..:-' '-'.<br />
?:..<br />
::: : . : : . ,<br />
.'"':'-:-:. up:-: D '-:" ' .'. '<br />
:) ...... :t.'/ ..... .. - ......... :::-:. < .......... '::<br />
. .-:.. - ß ...... :::....;:.....e- -:. '-'j:<br />
: .... -. ..... ... :. :.f-":;: ....<br />
..... ...<br />
.. J ,<br />
. -";::-.:<br />
: ,%:: ........<br />
-<br />
1: .: : UT<br />
APRIL 1,1,.: SUBSTORM CURRENT WEDGE<br />
Figure 7. An example of how the substorm current wedge (SCW) relates to the expanding auroral bulge<br />
(rev<strong>is</strong>ed from Sergeev et al. [1996]). The upward and downward field-aligned currents occur at the edges of the<br />
bulge. The thicker white meridian lines show the previous location of the currents in order to illustrate the<br />
motion of the SCW. Also shown in the top left are the DMSP and Viking satellite trajectories with particle<br />
boundaries marked on them. Apparently, closed field lines extend poleward of the main UV oval. Numbers<br />
within the plate correspond to points on the Viking trajectory as follows: 0, equatorward edge of trapped ions;<br />
1, equatorward edge of electrons and <strong>is</strong>otropic ions; 2, rapid energy change in ions (peak in electron flux); 3,<br />
gap in both ions and electrons; 4, poleward edge of ions; and 5, poleward edge of electrons.<br />
ing bulge for a simple "classical" substorm event. The<br />
event was part of a coordinated data analys<strong>is</strong> workshop<br />
(CDAW-9); midlatitude magnetometer'data were analyzed<br />
by Sergeev et al. [1996] to determine the locations<br />
of the associated upward and downward field-aligned<br />
In a classical substorm one considers convection dur-<br />
ing substorms to be influenced dominantly by the substorm<br />
bulge (or SCW) and directly driven activity. We<br />
have seen that in some schematics of the substorm<br />
currents. These have been superimposed in Figure 7 on<br />
process, polar arcs d<strong>is</strong>appear prior to onset. Polar arcs<br />
are commonly thought to occur during IMF B north-<br />
Viking image data during the expansion phase. For th<strong>is</strong> ward conditions. Thus, as B turns southward prior to<br />
event the upward field-aligned current moves westward onset, the polar arcs should d<strong>is</strong>appear. One interpretaalong<br />
with the spiral form (i.e., WTS) at the west tip of tion of th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> that the southward turning creates open<br />
the bulge. The downward field-aligned current <strong>is</strong> field lines in the polar cap, and thus these arcs which<br />
broader but also corresponds well with the eastward were on presumably closed field lines d<strong>is</strong>appear. The<br />
edge of the bulge. These currents are closed via a west- polar arc in the top left of Figure 7 illustrates, however,<br />
ward electrojet current through the substorm bulge that these features can play an important role in the<br />
which gives r<strong>is</strong>e to the ground magnetic perturbation auroral pattern during substorms. A high-latitude polar<br />
associated with the substorm process (i.e., a more neg- arc system <strong>is</strong> v<strong>is</strong>ible in the dusk sector between 1812 and<br />
ative AL index). Pellinen et al. [1995] have recently 1840 UT. By the time the substorm bulge has appeared,<br />
shown that the downward current <strong>is</strong> establ<strong>is</strong>hed within a the polar arc system has faded so that it <strong>is</strong> below the<br />
minute or so after the upward current and that it <strong>is</strong> threshold of v<strong>is</strong>ibility but not necessarily gone. Toward<br />
carried dominantly by cold ionospheric electrons. The the end of the substorm expansion the polar arc reapidea<br />
of the SCW <strong>is</strong> also cons<strong>is</strong>tent with the differing peared close to its previous location. Thus, if the arc<br />
patterns of proton and electron auroras in the substorm system was on closed field lines initially, the region was<br />
bulge d<strong>is</strong>cussed by Fukun<strong>is</strong>hi [1975] (i.e., protons are probably on closed field lines throughout the expansion<br />
associated with the eastern part of the bulge and a phase interval. Th<strong>is</strong> d<strong>is</strong>agrees with previous views condownward<br />
current, and electrons are associated with the cerning the development of the open field line region<br />
upward current to the west).<br />
during substorms.
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 187<br />
DMSP-F7 and Viking traversed the dawn and dusk poleward edge of the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution. For th<strong>is</strong> case<br />
sectors prior to onset, and their trajectories have been the diffuse poleward boundary has remained fairly conprojected<br />
to the ionosphere (Figure 7). The DMSP stant (about 70ø), but the bright auroral features have<br />
neural network boundaries [Newell et al., 1991] indicate shown first an equatorward motion followed by a "leap"<br />
that low-altitude boundary plasma sheet particles ex<strong>is</strong>ted or intensification of aurora at the poleward boundary.<br />
throughout the dawn sector. The Viking satellite re- Note, however, that no motion of the poleward boundcorded<br />
trapped particles far equatorward of the main ary of the weaker aurora was involved. Th<strong>is</strong> illustrates<br />
UV oval and structured electron precipitation extending that the poleward system during a double oval configuup<br />
to the polar arc. Sunward convection ex<strong>is</strong>ted through- ration can develop activations independently of the<br />
out th<strong>is</strong> region. There was a gap in both the electron and more equatorward system. In some circumstances these<br />
proton precipitation in a small area between the polar might be m<strong>is</strong>taken for poleward leaps. We shall see later<br />
arc system and the main UV oval. These observations that these events (section 3.4) sometimes do correspond<br />
support the view that some polar arcs are the extension to the recovery of the plasma sheet and thus at least in<br />
of the normal auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution to high latitudes and principle are cons<strong>is</strong>tent with the retreat of a neutral<br />
that the main UV oval lies equatorward of the openclosed<br />
field line boundary. Adopting th<strong>is</strong> view means<br />
line.<br />
that it <strong>is</strong> incorrect to evaluate the changing size of the 1.6. Summary<br />
open field line region by measuring the area bounded by We have attempted to illustrate in a short space a few<br />
the auroral oval, such as has been done in the past of the broad correspondences which ex<strong>is</strong>t between the<br />
[Frank and Craven, 1988].<br />
aurora and other geophysical ionospheric observations.<br />
Poleward leap and electrojet fine structure. Ob- The examples were chosen to illustrate simple aspects of<br />
servations concerning the poleward leap of the westward the aurora as well as to show features which may not be<br />
electrojet and the aurora have been used as support for commonly recognized by magnetospheric substorm rethe<br />
near-Earth neutral line (NENL) model (see "reconnection"<br />
in the glossary and section 4.4) of substorms<br />
[e.g., Hones et al., 1985; Hones, 1992]. The retreat of the<br />
searchers.<br />
neutral line in the magnetosphere in the recovery phase<br />
<strong>is</strong> assumed to map into the ionosphere as a poleward<br />
2. MODULAR CONCEPT<br />
motion of the westward electrojet in the ionosphere. The <strong>What</strong> <strong>is</strong> a global auroral substorm? As the title of th<strong>is</strong><br />
expected consequence of th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> that the aurora should article suggests, there <strong>is</strong> some d<strong>is</strong>agreement concerning<br />
also "leap" poleward as the neutral line retreats tail- what <strong>is</strong> and <strong>is</strong> not an auroral substorm event. With a<br />
ward. Nielsen et al. [1988] have looked for evidence for a limited data set, what one researcher might call a subpoleward<br />
leap of the auroras but did not find any evi- storm, another might claim <strong>is</strong> a pseudobreakup or somedence<br />
for a motion separate from the irregular motions thing unrelated to the substorm process [e.g., Pellinen et<br />
seen during the expansion of the auroral bulge. al., 1990]. Pudovkin [1991, p. 17] has referred to the<br />
Plate 3 shows an example of a rapid change in the UV substorm as a wide variety of phenomena which "may<br />
aurora and electrojets after the initial expansion of the differ... in the sequence of the physical processes probulge.<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> example has been derived from the fine-scale ducing them." Pi 2 pulsations, dipolarizations, and enelectrojet<br />
structure calculated by Kotikov et al. [1993]. ergetic particle injections are frequently used as sub-<br />
On the left are keogram plots of the electrojet intensity storm indicators in the magnetosphere, and yet these<br />
and auroral intensity centered around 2300 MLT (ec- same events would often not be characterized as "subcentric<br />
dipole 1985 coordinates). On the right the cor- storms" in the ionosphere. One may wonder to what<br />
responding large-scale auroral patterns are d<strong>is</strong>played. extent a substorm event must resemble the schematics<br />
For th<strong>is</strong> case a westward electrojet ex<strong>is</strong>ted near the shown in Figures la, lb, and 2 to be accepted as an<br />
poleward boundary of the aurora between 1600 and 1630 auroral substorm. A local definition of a substorm <strong>is</strong><br />
UT. Th<strong>is</strong> corresponds to the intense arc system which limited and says nothing about whether the global prowas<br />
situated at the poleward edge of the bulge at the cess illustrated by the general schematics <strong>is</strong> occurring<br />
beginning of substorm recovery. The electrojet began to [Elphinstone et al., 1995a]. Theories, in turn, have tended<br />
weaken, and the bright aurora drifted equatorward until to be developed on the bas<strong>is</strong> of a particular data set<br />
about 1630 UT, when a second equatorward electrojet which <strong>is</strong> generally biased in location and/or in spatial/<br />
began to intensify. Th<strong>is</strong> corresponds to the main UV temporal resolution.<br />
oval seen at 1652:13 UT (Plate 4, middle right). At th<strong>is</strong> As a consequence many researchers try to explain<br />
point the double electrojet and oval structure are clearly entire substorm schematics using a particular theory that<br />
evident. Between 1645 and 1700 UT the electrojet near <strong>is</strong> based upon limited types and numbers of observa-<br />
68 ø suddenly intensified concurrently with a rapid inten- tions. Th<strong>is</strong> situation reminds one of the classical story of<br />
sification of the poleward arc system. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> an example the blind men who encountered an elephant: they all<br />
of a sudden intensification of a westward electrojet ac- arrived at different conclusions regarding the nature of<br />
companied by an intensification of the aurora near the the elephant depending upon whether the individuals
188 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
had touched the tail, the legs, the trunk, etc. It <strong>is</strong> impor- Th<strong>is</strong> development can be very valuable in the undertant<br />
to remember that with auroral substorms, just as standing of the processes involved in the substorm cycle.<br />
with elephants, descriptions based upon limited obser- Substorm phases can also be somewhat ambiguous.<br />
vations are incomplete; they are, however, complemen- Oguti [1981, 1992] has noted that pulsating auroras<br />
tary and must be synthesized in order to provide a should not be considered a substorm recovery phase<br />
complete and accurate description or theory of the phe- phenomenon but rather a pattern which begins after an<br />
nomenon being investigated.<br />
auroral breakup. He noted that the phases of recovery<br />
The substorm as set out in the short paper byAkasofu and expansion can occur at the same time but in differ-<br />
[1964] was a collection of ground-based observations put ent regions. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> remin<strong>is</strong>cent of the argument used<br />
into a unified whole. It allowed for the interpretation of against the ex<strong>is</strong>tence of a growth phase (i.e., that the<br />
what was seen at various locations to be put in a frame- growth phase occurred at the same time as expansion<br />
work which made them comprehensible. It has been very but at a different location). Similar arguments can be<br />
successful in describing what can happen during auroral made when trying to describe when the recovery phase<br />
activity. There are, however, variations to th<strong>is</strong> behavior begins. <strong>What</strong> local time range should be used to deterwhich<br />
are useful to understand in their own right. A wide mine when the aurora begins to move equatorward?<br />
range of phenomena ex<strong>is</strong>ts in the magnetosphere and When the auroral bulge <strong>is</strong> ill-defined, th<strong>is</strong> description<br />
ionosphere which support and allow for the ex<strong>is</strong>tence of results in an equally ill-defined time for when the recovthe<br />
global structure known as the auroral substorm. ery phase begins. Similarly, if pulsating aurora <strong>is</strong> used,<br />
A knowledge and study of the smaller activity cycles then the d<strong>is</strong>tinction between expansion and recovery<br />
within the larger substorm cycle can aid in the interpre- phases <strong>is</strong> probably meaningless.<br />
tation of the aurora substorm. Pseudobreakups, precur- We argue that there are important aspects of auroral<br />
sors, dayside activity, multiple onset substorms, substorm activity which can become lost in the traditional depicsequences,<br />
different types of onsets, auroral spirals, and<br />
tion of an auroral substorm. Cycles ex<strong>is</strong>t in auroral<br />
the vast number of other auroral forms seen at various activity which couple to allow the global concept of an<br />
points during auroral activity are elements of a substorm<br />
auroral substorm to ex<strong>is</strong>t. These cycles do not always<br />
have to act together to give a traditional global auroral<br />
scheme. How they interact, when they occur, and their<br />
substorm. The cycles themselves, in turn, are a result of<br />
fundamental importance to the thing known as an audifferent<br />
magnetospheric processes coupling in a repeatroral<br />
substorm varies from event to event. The problem<br />
able manner. Occasionally, one or another of these<br />
in magnetospheric physics then becomes what counter-<br />
"modules" may not be of sufficient strength to initiate<br />
part each of these phenomena have in the magnetothe<br />
next portion of the cycle. At th<strong>is</strong> point the chain of<br />
sphere and how these interact together. The emphas<strong>is</strong><br />
events leading to a complete cycle <strong>is</strong> broken. Th<strong>is</strong>, of<br />
can then shift from a debate over which theory explains course, influences the future course of events with the<br />
the auroral substorm to the following <strong>quest</strong>ion: Where<br />
possibility of new modular elements becoming active. As<br />
does each individual piece fit in the overall puzzle?<br />
we shall see in the last section before the glossary, these<br />
While it <strong>is</strong> to be expected that not all substorms are<br />
cycles and the modules from which they are constructed<br />
the same, it <strong>is</strong> becoming increasingly clear that funda- allow one to understand how different observers with<br />
mentally different activations of the aurora occur and<br />
different magnetospheric regions of interest can conshould<br />
be d<strong>is</strong>tingu<strong>is</strong>hed from one another. Montbriand<br />
clude conflicting ideas about the substorm process.<br />
[1992] has d<strong>is</strong>cussed some differences which ex<strong>is</strong>t be- Th<strong>is</strong> section will outline some auroral features which<br />
tween the various schematics. The changing schematics are examples of the ionospheric signatures of these<br />
shown in Figures la, lb, and 2 and d<strong>is</strong>cussed in section modular elements. It will also describe a little of what <strong>is</strong><br />
1.2 reflect an ambiguity which ex<strong>is</strong>ts from event to event currently known concerning them. The emphas<strong>is</strong> will be<br />
and makes the characterization of a particular event on individual phenomenological auroral modules which<br />
from the general schematic rather difficult. One sche- can be fit into a particular auroral event rather than on<br />
matic shows arcs poleward of the expanding bulge. An- trying to construct a global scenario which will not repother<br />
does not. Th<strong>is</strong> particular ambiguity ex<strong>is</strong>ts because resent the details of individual cases. <strong>Auroral</strong> patterns<br />
the double oval was observed on some occasions but not are used to understand the modules involved, since these<br />
on others. Th<strong>is</strong> difference provides important mapping are the only means at present to get very high temporal<br />
information which <strong>is</strong> not otherw<strong>is</strong>e available. Another and spatial resolution with a global ionospheric perspecschematic<br />
shows polar arcs fading before onset. Others tive. The reader should understand that each of these<br />
do not. We now know polar arcs can appear and d<strong>is</strong>ap- has an associated process with which it can be identified.<br />
pear at virtually any time during the expansion of the In the last section of the paper we give some simple<br />
auroral bulge and, of course, at most any time during examples of how th<strong>is</strong> modularization can be used in<br />
auroral activity. In the schematics, one sees a rather understanding some of the underlying magnetospheric<br />
chaotic set of arcs in the panels after breakup. Th<strong>is</strong> does cycles which play a role in auroral activity.<br />
not depict in a useful way the order and the individual Several ideas bear directly on the modular concept.<br />
features which usually ex<strong>is</strong>t in one manner or another. Figure 8 illustrates some of the fundamental views which
34 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.- MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 189<br />
1630UT<br />
ELECTROJETS<br />
170OUT<br />
1630UT 1700UT<br />
INTENSITY(23MLT-ecc)<br />
70MLAT<br />
60MLAT<br />
70MLAT<br />
60MLAT<br />
1.'x -: UT<br />
165213 UT<br />
17OO16 UT<br />
Plate 3. The development of the fine structure of the westward electrojet (data from Kotikov et al. [1993]):<br />
(top left) keograms of the electrojet development and (bottom left) auroral intensity at 23 MLT. White and<br />
red indicate the highest intensities of both auroral and westward electrojet activity. Observations at right show<br />
the larger-scale auroral development. The white boxes (lines) show the locations of the westward electrojets.<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> illustrates that the poleward intensification of either the electrojet or aurora does not imply a poleward<br />
leap of the aurora.<br />
are altering the standard model of auroral activity. Sergeev<br />
and Yahnin [1979] reported that the substorm expansion<br />
phase <strong>is</strong> a series of pulses which combine to produce<br />
the bulge. These "quantum elements" are considered to<br />
be bursts of reconnection occurring in the tail. In th<strong>is</strong><br />
view each substorm bulge <strong>is</strong> different to the extent that<br />
the number, size, and duration of these elements determine<br />
the qualitative nature of a particular auroral activation.<br />
The amount of rainfall and the size of the drops<br />
during a rain shower therefore becomes a reasonable<br />
analogy for the level of auroral bulge development. Thus<br />
one might expect to see events varying in their ionospheric/magnetospheric<br />
impact. Th<strong>is</strong> idea helps explain<br />
the variety in intensity and duration exhibited by the<br />
expansion bulge and the WTS.<br />
Kennel [1992] introduced what <strong>is</strong> known as the<br />
"strong" Kiruna conjecture, which essentially decouples<br />
the supposed reconnection-based convection from the<br />
mechan<strong>is</strong>m of near-Earth substorm onset. One auroral<br />
equivalent of th<strong>is</strong> concept could be associated with the<br />
different locations at which seemingly independent intensifications<br />
occur on the double-oval d<strong>is</strong>tribution. Th<strong>is</strong><br />
first step toward modularization using separate auroral<br />
activations was introduced by Cogger and Elphinstone<br />
[1992]. Th<strong>is</strong> view, combined with the work mentioned<br />
above, led Elphinstone et al. [1994a, 1995a] to the modular<br />
view of the auroral substorm which <strong>is</strong> presented<br />
here.<br />
Lui [1991] provided an additional component<br />
to th<strong>is</strong><br />
idea through h<strong>is</strong> synthes<strong>is</strong> model of the magnetospheric<br />
substorm. In the general form of th<strong>is</strong> scheme a near-<br />
Earth plasma instability initiates a rarefaction wave
190 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY<br />
V. SERGEEV C. KENNEL<br />
MICRO-SUBSTORMS<br />
ANALOGY TO<br />
MANY DIFFERENT<br />
TYPES OF RAIN<br />
DISTANT TAIL<br />
AND NEAR EARTH<br />
PROCESSES<br />
INDEPENDENT<br />
T. LUI<br />
SYNTHESIS<br />
MODEL<br />
USING DIFFERENT<br />
ASPECTS OF<br />
MANY MODELS<br />
NEAR EARTH<br />
ONSET<br />
NEUTRAL LINE<br />
LATER<br />
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
Figure 8. Three key elements associated with the<br />
modular concept of auroral activity.<br />
which propagates tailward, eventually triggering recon- roral activity, but when it does occur, it gives some<br />
nection via a reduced Bz in the neutral sheet. In th<strong>is</strong> predictive power concerning onset. It <strong>is</strong> also a good time<br />
substorm scenario a coupling ex<strong>is</strong>ts which begins near marker by which other observations can be placed in<br />
the Earth and creates effects in the deeper tail. Th<strong>is</strong> idea context.<br />
helps one to understand the poleward expanding bulge. Figure 9 illustrates dayside auroral patterns, most of<br />
Other substorm explanations reverse th<strong>is</strong> concept with which develop during active conditions (the exception to<br />
the more tailward regions generating near-Earth conse- th<strong>is</strong> might be the high-latitude dayside form in the top<br />
quences [Baker et al., 1993]. These examples help to middle). Only the last pattern (bottom right) <strong>is</strong> confined<br />
illustrate the variety of both interpretation and obser- to time periods after a substorm onset. The other patvation<br />
which need to be accommodated in advancing a terns have all been known to develop shortly before<br />
generally acceptable substorm theory. The modular nightside substorm onset as well as after. These dayside<br />
concept of auroral activity adopts an alternative ap- activations are probably directly driven by the solar wind<br />
proach whereby each of the above two scenarios can and can therefore occur at any time during an auroral<br />
occur and contribute to our understanding of auroral nightside event. <strong>What</strong> makes them interesting <strong>is</strong> that<br />
activity.<br />
they can be precursors to subsequent nightside events.<br />
As well as a very basic system of modules to describe Elphinstone et al. [1991a, Plate 2 and Figure 7] have<br />
essential elements of activity and/or the associated cou- shown a clear example of th<strong>is</strong> type of activity beginning<br />
pling, there are also secondary modules which may be prior to any nightside breakup. In their paper a clear<br />
identified with specific processes which may become case of when fan arcs develop during a double oval<br />
active at different times. These secondary modules are configuration (i.e., recovery phase of a previous submore<br />
likely to appear at a variety of times during some storm) <strong>is</strong> also shown. Th<strong>is</strong> dayside activity gradually<br />
cycle of auroral activity. The reader should refer to spreads to the nightside, AAFs develop, and finally a<br />
section 5 for a description of how these modular ele- substorm bulge occurs. Thus the dayside activity can<br />
ments fit into larger cycles of magnetospheric activity. occur during different phases of one substorm but still be<br />
a growth phase activity for subsequent intensifications.<br />
2.1. Primary <strong>Auroral</strong> Modules<br />
Figure 5 shows that th<strong>is</strong> precursor activity appears to<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> section contains some of the fundamental fea- have a causal relation to substorm onset, and so from a<br />
tures which should be factored into any complete de- practical viewpoint th<strong>is</strong> phenomenon <strong>is</strong> extremely imscription<br />
of auroral activity. These auroral modules have portant in future studies which aim to do space weather<br />
been labeled "primary" ones in the sense that they predictions of substorm onset. Events of th<strong>is</strong> nature<br />
provide time markers with which to reference the occur- allow one to follow the step-by-step motion which conrence<br />
of other observations.<br />
nects these dayside events with the nightside. They leave<br />
<strong>Auroral</strong> growth and dayside patterns. As men- little doubt as to a growth phase ex<strong>is</strong>ting in the ionotioned<br />
in the Introduction, it has taken some time for the sphere. Some of these brightenings can proceed exgrowth<br />
phase to become establ<strong>is</strong>hed as a separate sub- tremely rapidly from the dayside to the nightside so that<br />
storm phase. Today th<strong>is</strong> phase <strong>is</strong> well-establ<strong>is</strong>hed in the in about 5-10 min the entire progression <strong>is</strong> over. Th<strong>is</strong><br />
magnetosphere but less well understood in its iono- can be superimposed on a slower, probably convectionspheric<br />
signatures both on the dayside and the nightside. driven enhancement of the auroras which can last for an<br />
Similar to other modules, growth phase may not be a hour. An interesting aspect of th<strong>is</strong> activity <strong>is</strong> an apparent<br />
necessary element for the instigation of nightside au- coupling between the 1400 and 0300 MLT sectors during
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 191<br />
0 Impulsive<br />
>0 12 By delendent Low Latitude 12<br />
"High Latitude ..,,' VD amsei Form Pulsations I "fan arcs"<br />
Dayside /"'""'"' Form" urora {r .,,9 at--3 minutes<br />
' By dependent pOlar'arc<br />
Afternoon<br />
Spiral Forms<br />
__X= 5<br />
D<br />
12 Omega-like Forms<br />
Post Substorm 9<br />
Figure 9. Dayside morphologies during active times [from Elphinstone et al., 1993a].<br />
th<strong>is</strong> slow auroral enhancement. Th<strong>is</strong> again <strong>is</strong> not neces- brightening. The latter definition has significant ambigusary<br />
for an onset but needs to be understood as part of ity associated with it [Elphinstone et al., 1995a].<br />
the possible range of auroral behavior.<br />
lypes of auroral onset. Another obvious time<br />
The short-timescale event mentioned above may be marker <strong>is</strong> the beginning of auroral breakup or pseudorelated<br />
to a compression of the dayside magnetosphere breakup. We shall consider onset to be the explosive<br />
which can generate fast-mode compressional waves at activation of the aurora in the evening sector. Th<strong>is</strong> event<br />
the magnetopause which propagate into the inner mag- may or may not develop into a major d<strong>is</strong>turbance, denetosphere.<br />
These, in turn, couple to shear Alfven waves pending on its coupling to other modules. Th<strong>is</strong> activation<br />
which initiate d<strong>is</strong>turbances at low altitude. An example takes on several forms. Some of these patterns are<br />
of such an event <strong>is</strong> given by Erlandson et al. [1991]. Th<strong>is</strong> definitely due to different processes, while others may be<br />
occurred shortly before a substorm onset and had asso- separate ionospheric manifestations of the same magneciated<br />
signatures in the dayside auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution [El- tospheric process.<br />
phinstone et al., 1993a].<br />
While there are many forms onset can take, Figure 10<br />
On the nightside it <strong>is</strong> known that arcs move equator- shows two of the fundamentally different types of onset.<br />
ward prior to onset and can (but not always) fade before The first (Figure 10, top) involves periodically spaced (in<br />
onset [Pellinen and Heikkila, 1978]. The fading may azimuth) auroral forms known as AAFs. Detailed examindicate<br />
that electric field fluctuations trigger breakup. ples of these forms have been given by Elphinstone et al.<br />
Atkinson [1993] has used the observation that the growth [1995a]. The faint forms seen at 0459:06 UT in Plate la<br />
phase equatorward motion tends to zero just prior to may be the ground-based equivalent of the AAFs. One<br />
onset to suggest that breakup <strong>is</strong> associated with the or more of these forms develops explosively into a subconvection<br />
and topology of the magnetosphere ap- storm bulge (Figure 10, top right). AAFs can cover many<br />
proaching a steady state. Th<strong>is</strong> configuration <strong>is</strong> then un- hours of local time and can occur along with Pc 5<br />
stable to small perturbations. AAFs can develop 20 min magnetic pulsations and sometimes omega bands. They<br />
prior to an explosive onset, and pseudobreakups can<br />
--1<br />
travel eastward, east of onset, at speeds of 1-2 km s<br />
periodically occur for about an hour prior to a bulge and westward, west of onset. They are not auroral curls<br />
forming. These suggest that a wave instability and ion- (see below for a description) and, in general, are not<br />
ospheric preconditioning are important in triggering a auroral spirals although they have been observed to<br />
major onset. These precursor observations make it nec- develop into these forms. Their striking regularity in<br />
essary to define optical onset as the time of explosive longitude leads one to speculate on a wave-associated<br />
poleward motion rather than as the time of an arc mechan<strong>is</strong>m for their generation. Figure 11 illustrates the
192 ß Elphinstone et al ß MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
Types of Substorm Onset<br />
Onset A. expansion<br />
80* 70* 60*<br />
Equatorward boundary<br />
can be dramatically<br />
(:hanged or not<br />
B. altered at all<br />
18 MLT 6 MLT<br />
\ ß Activity develop<br />
o<br />
Figure 10. Two types of onset [from Elphinstone et al., 1994a, 1995a].<br />
mode number (the number of waves found within a unit The second form of activation <strong>is</strong> shown in the bottom<br />
circle) measured in the few minutes surrounding sub- of Figure 10. Th<strong>is</strong> type of event involves an eastward<br />
storm onset. The mode number peaks near 100 and then propagating (approximately 5-10 km s -1) intensification<br />
shows a fairly sharp cutoff at higher mode numbers. beginning near 2100 MLT at or near the main UV oval.<br />
Multiple onsets observed in the Viking dhta set have The activity spreads eastward with vortex streets of spibeen<br />
known to occur from separate parts of the long rals developing [Murphree and Elphinstone, 1988; Pell<strong>is</strong>tring<br />
of AAFs so that auroral bulges can form in dif- hen et al., 1995].<br />
ferent local time sectors and create independent effects Other onset types can be important for evaluating<br />
in each region. Here we can return to the <strong>quest</strong>ion posed substorm theories, although these may be minor variaby<br />
Elvey [1957] (see section 1.2) and answer that breakup tions on the versions described above. There have been<br />
activity seen locally may not be causally linked to each<br />
other. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> in contrast to the standard substorm<br />
model.<br />
many reports of the bulge-type activation occurring from<br />
the main UV oval during a double oval configuration<br />
[Elphinstone et al., 1991a, b; Murphree et al., 1991; Cogger<br />
and Elphinstone, 1992]. These onsets occur during the<br />
recovery phase of a previous substorm [Kamide et al.,<br />
1977b; Elphinstone and Hearn, 1993; Murphree et al.,<br />
MODE<br />
20<br />
I<br />
NUMBER<br />
40 60<br />
I I<br />
AT SUBSTORM<br />
80 100 120<br />
I I I<br />
ONSET<br />
140<br />
I<br />
1993], and approximately 20% of all onsets involve th<strong>is</strong><br />
form of activation [Elphinstone et al., 1995a]. In the<br />
¸<br />
015<br />
1o<br />
20<br />
z 5<br />
Peak in mode number at 84 to 104<br />
latitude = 63.8 MLAT<br />
[<br />
20 40 60 80 100 120 140<br />
MODE NUMBER<br />
Figure 11. Observations of the mode number of azimuthally<br />
spaced auroral forms (AAFs) at onset (derived from work by<br />
Elphinstone et al. [1995a]).<br />
20<br />
15<br />
10<br />
future we need to understand which of these onsets are<br />
triggered and which are spontaneous or internally<br />
driven. Pudovkin et al. [1991] has outlined the differences<br />
in character and development between triggered and<br />
spontaneous onsets.<br />
Quiet time intensifications can occur on the poleward<br />
boundary of the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution [de la Beaujardiere<br />
et al., 1994]. These are not technically substorms, but<br />
they nevertheless play an important role in substorm<br />
development. Cogget and Elphinstone [1992] have shown<br />
that such intensifications are one means by which auroral<br />
activity develops after substorm expansion. One<br />
such event shown in their paper occurs coincident with<br />
the recovery of the plasma sheet [Hones et al., 1987].
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 193<br />
Low latitude<br />
)ral form<br />
12<br />
Multiple arc<br />
westward<br />
of surge<br />
St;<br />
N-S structures<br />
Dayside spiral<br />
Dayside Active<br />
without<br />
4,a Double oval every<br />
. / developes<br />
2:!prefetentially in morning)<br />
Traversing arc<br />
sector gap<br />
18 MLT Double Oval 6 MLT<br />
Eastward motion<br />
Omega-like<br />
bands<br />
Main UV oval<br />
Collapsed "BPS"<br />
Figure 12a. Double-oval configurations [from Elphinstone et al., 1994a].<br />
1. Most poleward arc intensifies with or<br />
vortex street periodically<br />
-10 minutes.<br />
2. Em<strong>is</strong>sions within bulge fade. Local<br />
H bays recover with fading.<br />
Formation of double electrojet begins.<br />
Main jet in poleward oval.<br />
3. Poleward motion gradually ends.<br />
Recovery strongly local time<br />
dependent.<br />
Periodic -10 minute<br />
N-S "injections"<br />
A fundamental <strong>quest</strong>ion ex<strong>is</strong>ts when one tries to tion does not determine subsequent development but<br />
decide prec<strong>is</strong>ely what a weak substorm <strong>is</strong> versus a that the previous magnetic field configuration might.<br />
pseudobreakup. Koskinen et al. [1993] and Nakamura et Precursor activity in th<strong>is</strong> view <strong>is</strong> simply an onset module<br />
al. [1994] note that there are no real observational or pseudobreakup which does not couple directly to<br />
differences between pseudobreakups and breakups ex- other modules. They may, however, play a key role in<br />
cept for intensity and spatial scale. They believe that the conditioning the system for a more major event.<br />
instabilities involved are suppressed in pseudobreakups <strong>Auroral</strong> bulge. Th<strong>is</strong> module allows one to d<strong>is</strong>tinbefore<br />
reaching some critical level. Local or instrumen- gu<strong>is</strong>h optically whether the previous event <strong>is</strong> a pseudotal<br />
definitions cannot usually answer whether an event <strong>is</strong> breakup or not. If an arc brightening <strong>is</strong> followed by an<br />
a pseudobreakup or a weak substorm, since both can explosive poleward motion, then one would generally<br />
have essentially the same signatures. Perhaps one should tend to call the event a substorm onset (although strictly<br />
consider the pseudobreakup to be associated with the speaking it still may not fulfill the global character<strong>is</strong>tics<br />
onset module of a substorm which activates without shown in Figures 1 and 2). Th<strong>is</strong> module <strong>is</strong> composed<br />
further large-scale consequences. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> cons<strong>is</strong>tent with partially of many secondary modules given below, and it<br />
the notion that an instability does not reach sufficient <strong>is</strong> not clear if it could ex<strong>is</strong>t without them.<br />
strength to have larger-scale influences. In our substorm lhe double oval and its variations. Th<strong>is</strong> d<strong>is</strong>tribu-<br />
"ecosystem," onsets and pseudobreakups may be lik- tion <strong>is</strong> important in the substorm process for underened<br />
to two lions. One lion <strong>is</strong> hungry and therefore eats, standing the mapping of auroral forms [Elphinstone et<br />
while the other <strong>is</strong> not hungry and therefore does not eat. al., 1995b, and references therein]. It ex<strong>is</strong>ts mostly dur-<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> behavior <strong>is</strong> determined by the lion's previous inter- ing time periods when the AL <strong>is</strong> in recovery (i.e., inaction<br />
with other elements in the ecosystem. Similarly, creasing). In many cases the double oval forms when the<br />
whether an event becomes a "true" onset versus a aurora locally reaches its most poleward extent. At th<strong>is</strong><br />
pseudobreakup <strong>is</strong> probably determined by other modu- time the aurora immediately equatorward within the<br />
lar elements. These could include things such as thinning bulge begins to fade (see, for example, Figure 11 of<br />
and earthward motion of the plasma sheet, AAFs, ion- Elphinstone et al. [1993b]). Figure 12a shows a few of the<br />
ospheric conductivity, convection and its relation to the double oval patterns which can develop after th<strong>is</strong> time.<br />
conductivity d<strong>is</strong>tribution, etc. Ohtani et al. [1993], for Many of these patterns are derived by including the<br />
example, found that the spatial scale of current d<strong>is</strong>rup- secondary modules given in the next subsection.
194 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF 'GEOPHYSICS<br />
Activation of<br />
most poleward oval<br />
(Boundary Layer Substorm)<br />
Dayside<br />
'auroral<br />
asymmetry<br />
Routes to New Morphology<br />
Radial expansion from<br />
Double Oval main UV oval<br />
(Near Earth Substorm)<br />
ost Orlers p. g iade vni!ili! lad e<br />
without polar arcs<br />
Throat for<br />
By
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 195<br />
1 5U1'<br />
0327 UT<br />
031,: UT<br />
t<br />
7)<br />
Plate 4. An example of double oval coupling. The most poleward are system splits and a streamer moves<br />
equatorward to the main UV oval where anAAF onset occurs [from Elphinstone et al., 1995b]. Particle regions<br />
based on neural network particle regions are shown in the bottom right. 0, void; 1, BPS; 2, CPS.<br />
on closed field lines. It was a source for auroral kilomet- th<strong>is</strong> sense they do not necessarily ex<strong>is</strong>t independently of<br />
ric radiation very similar to that associated with night- the above modules but do appear at such a wide variety<br />
side arcs, and the electron precipitation showed that the of times and locations that they cannot be easily labeled<br />
fluxes of trapped particles exceeded the field-aligned as occurring specifically at some point in a substorm's<br />
ones up to energies of 22 keV [Eliasson et al., 1987]. As development. These modules, as we shall see in section<br />
mentioned in association with Figure 7 th<strong>is</strong> result has<br />
profound implications for the interpretation of the polar<br />
region bounded by the auroral oval. In general, th<strong>is</strong> area<br />
<strong>is</strong> probably not representative of the region of open field<br />
lines (see also section 3).<br />
Since polar arcs are one manifestation of more general<br />
convection and mapping considerations, they play<br />
an important role in understanding substorm development.<br />
As such, they have been given a primary module<br />
status.<br />
5, help give clues to the mechan<strong>is</strong>ms operating during a<br />
given cycle of auroral activity. We have included many<br />
types of modules in th<strong>is</strong> category, since past experience<br />
has shown that focusing on certain phenomena and<br />
excluding others can prove m<strong>is</strong>leading for future studies.<br />
Vortex streets, traversing arc systems, and poleward<br />
arc undulations. Anger and Murphree [1976] noted<br />
that an arc system can ex<strong>is</strong>t at the poleward edge of the<br />
substorm bulge which extends into the morning sector.<br />
These bridging, or traversing, arcs have some interesting<br />
2.2. Secondary Modules<br />
character<strong>is</strong>tics which warrant them being associated with<br />
These features usually occur after, or in association a separate module. They can brighten at about the time<br />
with, one of the primary modules mentioned above. In the double oval begins to form, and these arcs have
196 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
elements which could be interpreted as poleward leaps<br />
from a scanning photometer viewpoint. The vortex street<br />
which often accompanies the brightening has spiral<br />
forms which could traverse across the scan of a photometer<br />
and give the impression of a rapid poleward leap.<br />
These vortex streets can also form wavelike undulations<br />
on the poleward boundary (see the bottom right of<br />
Figure 12a).<br />
Explanations for these brightenings must be able to<br />
account for coherence which occurs over several hours<br />
article by Oguti [1981], the arc splitting associated with<br />
Sergeev's elementary poleward progression of the substorm<br />
bulge <strong>is</strong> outlined in detail. The basic time evolution<br />
<strong>is</strong> shown schematically on the right of Figure 13a<br />
(downward represents increasing time in Figure 13a, and<br />
the two arrows illustrate the clockw<strong>is</strong>e sense of development<br />
of the feature). In th<strong>is</strong> same article, Oguti describes<br />
a process whereby the most poleward oval of the<br />
double oval splits (using current terminology), and an<br />
auroral streamer <strong>is</strong> initiated which drifts to the main oval<br />
local time and vortex streets which last for less than 1 and begins an event there which results in pulsating<br />
min [Murphree and Elphinstone, 1988]. Differences in diffuse aurora. Th<strong>is</strong> same process can also initiate AAF<br />
Alfven transit times to the ionosphere over th<strong>is</strong> broad events, as seen in Plate 4. Oguti et al. [1988] describes<br />
local time range make th<strong>is</strong> a nontrivial observation. If these features as an essential part of the expansion of the<br />
these forms are in some manner associated with the bulge. They showed these could be related to rapid<br />
plasma sheet boundary layer (PSBL), then the 1-min magnetic field changes at geosynchronous altitude.<br />
coherence puts a severe constraint both on formation These perhaps are the signatures of d<strong>is</strong>turbances propand<br />
propagation to the ionosphere. It therefore seems agating earthward initiated by reconnection deeper in<br />
more likely that these are related to instabilities which the tail. Perhaps they are related to the earthward propform<br />
closer to the auroral ionosphere but which are agating "protoplasmoids" observed in the midtail by<br />
ultimately driven from a process in the plasma sheet Moldwin and Hughes [1994]. Alternatively, these may be<br />
boundary layer (PSBL).<br />
related to the bursty bulk flows seen in the plasma sheet<br />
Detached arc. These forms were first reported by [Baumjohann et al., 1990; Angelopoulos et al., 1992,<br />
Anger et al. [1978] using imaging from the ISIS 2 satellite. 1994].<br />
They occur in the afternoon and evening sectors equa- The right side of Figure 13a also shows the clockw<strong>is</strong>e<br />
torward of the main auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution. Later work motion of the developing feature (viewed in the direcshowed<br />
them to be associated with harder precipitation tion of the magnetic field). Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> a general characterthan<br />
<strong>is</strong> normally seen in the diffuse aurora [Wall<strong>is</strong> et al., <strong>is</strong>tic of the d<strong>is</strong>crete aurora in the evening sector and <strong>is</strong><br />
1979], and they were found to occur 10-12 hours after a probably associated with the electric field convergence<br />
peak in the AE index [Moshupi et al., 1979]. Their (and thus a clockw<strong>is</strong>e flow reversal and an upward fieldgeographic<br />
longitude dependence [Anger et al., 1978] aligned current) which one expects to find near the<br />
supports the view that they are associated with weak auroral arc system. Note, however, that the developing<br />
diffusion of electrons into the loss cone [Wall<strong>is</strong> et al., auroral form has the reverse sense of winding. Th<strong>is</strong><br />
1979]. A schematic of such a form <strong>is</strong> shown in the lower counterclockw<strong>is</strong>e auroral form has been called the auleft<br />
of Figure 12a. Th<strong>is</strong> low-latitude system can pulsate roral spiral by Dav<strong>is</strong> and Hallinan [1976]. Th<strong>is</strong> feature<br />
with periods in the Pc 5 range. It does th<strong>is</strong> in conjunction occurs throughout the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution and can be<br />
with auroral pulsations within the dayside oval. Thus th<strong>is</strong> found at nearly any local time and at most activity levels.<br />
feature may represent a coupling between processes The particular one that occurs at the west tip of an<br />
occurring at the magnetopause and those in the inner expanding substorm bulge has h<strong>is</strong>torically been termed a<br />
magnetosphere. One such process might be the cavity "westward traveling surge." Th<strong>is</strong> terminology <strong>is</strong> perhaps<br />
mode resonance suggested by Kivelson and Southwood no longer useful, since th<strong>is</strong> form frequently <strong>is</strong> not alone<br />
[1985]. In order for th<strong>is</strong> to be viable, field lines in the in occurrence. Thus for ill-defined substorm bulges it <strong>is</strong><br />
near-Earth region need very long resonant periods (i.e., difficult to decide which spiral <strong>is</strong> the WTS. Also, since a<br />
high mass density in order to increase the Alfven transit spiral <strong>is</strong> not always found at the westward termination of<br />
time). Th<strong>is</strong> would be cons<strong>is</strong>tent with associating them a substorm bulge, th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> not a good argument for giving<br />
with regions of detached cold plasma [Wall<strong>is</strong> et al., 1979]. th<strong>is</strong> spiral a special designation.<br />
Another mechan<strong>is</strong>m might be one proposed initially by The term "spiral," on the other hand, represents a<br />
Coroniti and Kennel [1970] and modified by Perona generic feature of the aurora and has along with it a<br />
[1972] for sudden commencement events. Perona [1972] probable means of generation. Hallinan [1976] has prefound<br />
that it may be possible to get longer-period pre- sented the essence of an important ideawhich seems to<br />
cipitation oscillations resulting from the interaction of be a good explanation of these forms. The magnetic<br />
very low frequency (VLF) waves with the magnetic field vorticity and shear associated with an upward fieldcompressions<br />
associated with the solar wind variations. aligned current <strong>is</strong> in an anticlockw<strong>is</strong>e sense when viewed<br />
Bulge evolution, streamers, curls, and spirals. in the direction of the magnetic field. Hallinan [1976]<br />
Plate 4 shows how a streamer can couple the two ovals of showed that for an upward field-aligned current sheet<br />
the double oval d<strong>is</strong>tribution. The left of Figure 13a with perturbations at one end (the equatorial plane), the<br />
shows how auroral streamers break off from a develop- perturbations will grow along the field line, resulting in a<br />
ing spiral form [Nakamura et al., 1993]. In an excellent large spiral form in the ionosphere. The convective flow
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 197<br />
D<br />
E<br />
quiet auroral arc<br />
'"'>=:':':': :-:-:->:-: .>--->--'.-:q-:-:-'.-'.-:-:::<br />
::-' 5:;.-:: :5-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-'-':<br />
'."-":-':: 5-': ': ': '" '"' :'"; :; ':' x .: ;.'-'<br />
"'" 111. ====================================<br />
..................<br />
------: ::i!. ::ii::..===========================================<br />
MAY 18 1971 SYOWA<br />
Figure 13a. The development of spirals, streamers, and arc splitting: (left) from Nakamura et al. [1993] and<br />
(right) from Oguti [1981].<br />
around the sheet <strong>is</strong> clockw<strong>is</strong>e, cons<strong>is</strong>tent with the con- ex<strong>is</strong>tence of two different vortex structures. These can be<br />
vergent electric field usually needed to support an up- d<strong>is</strong>tingu<strong>is</strong>hed from one another both by their scale sizes<br />
ward field-aligned current. Because of the vortical na- and their sense of wrapping up. Figure 13b, from Dav<strong>is</strong><br />
ture of these forms, the Kelvin-Helmholtz instability [1978], illustrates the primary differences between these<br />
(KHI) <strong>is</strong> frequently invoked to explain them, and a basic auroral forms. The rotation sense of a spiral can be<br />
substorm theory has even been generated around them explained by magnetic vorticity, whereas the reverse sense<br />
[Rostoker and Eastman, 1987]. These features however of a curl <strong>is</strong> probably due to electric field instabilities.<br />
probably have more to do with the upward field-aligned Pulsating aurora. Th<strong>is</strong> form of aurora <strong>is</strong> linked in<br />
currents and magnetic vorticity than to do specifically some respects to the module described above. The<br />
with the KHI.<br />
north-south structures which begin at the most poleward<br />
Another auroral form which winds up in the same oval move equatorward and according to Oguti [1981,<br />
sense as the flow (clockw<strong>is</strong>e, viewed in the direction of 1992] eventually turn to auroral pulsations. Streamers<br />
the magnetic field) <strong>is</strong> the auroral curl. A point of con- therefore play an important role in understanding the<br />
fusion concerning auroral forms ar<strong>is</strong>es because of the transition from d<strong>is</strong>crete to diffuse pulsating aurora. The
198 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
'sf ' CURL<br />
1984, 1986]. (One would expect differing travel times<br />
from the equatorial plane to result in much longer delay<br />
times.) The magnetic pulsations instead appear to be<br />
associated with conductivity variations. Good support<br />
for th<strong>is</strong> can be seen in the simulations of real data by<br />
Oguti and Hayashi [1985].<br />
Oguti [1992] has noted that numerous m<strong>is</strong>conceptions<br />
ex<strong>is</strong>t regarding auroral pulsations. The periods vary considerably<br />
even though the stat<strong>is</strong>tical average <strong>is</strong> about<br />
10 s. The fast pulsations are not actually oscillations in<br />
DIA. 20-I, FOOKI<br />
luminosity but instead are rapid changes from one state<br />
(off) to another (on). These forms of pulsation activity<br />
ß<br />
do not show a latitudinal variation of the frequency (with<br />
5P/RA L<br />
higher frequency at lower latitudes) on a case-to-case<br />
bas<strong>is</strong> even though such a relationship seems to hold<br />
Figure 13b. The difference between spirals and curls, from<br />
Dav<strong>is</strong> [1978]. Reprinted by perm<strong>is</strong>sion of Kluwer Academic<br />
Publ<strong>is</strong>hers.<br />
stat<strong>is</strong>tically. The periods do, however, vary according to<br />
activity level. The higher the level (and thus the aurora<br />
<strong>is</strong> occurring at a lower latitude), the shorter the period of<br />
the pulsation cons<strong>is</strong>tent with the above mentioned stat<strong>is</strong>tics.<br />
Figure 14a <strong>is</strong> a general schematic of where pulsating<br />
aurora and omega bands are found under active<br />
wide range of pulsating aurora types has been docu- conditions [from Oguti, 1981]. Note that the pulsations<br />
mented and defined by Yamamoto and Oguti [1982] and are found in a region associated with the main 0val.<br />
Oguti [1981, 1982]. The first work of relating optical Omega bands. Omega bands are also found on the<br />
pulsations to magnetic ones was done by Campbell and equatorward d<strong>is</strong>tribution, generally in the morning sec-<br />
Rees [1961]. Th<strong>is</strong> relationship varies greatly from case to tor. They drift with an eastward speed approximately<br />
case possibly because of the fact that magnetic pulsa- equal to the E x B convective flow in the morning sector<br />
tions represent an integrated effect from a large region, [Opgenoorth et al., 1983; Andre and Baumjohann, 1982].<br />
whereas the optical pulsations are related to small-scale Buchert et al. [1990] have shown that a red<strong>is</strong>tribution of<br />
patches which pulsate independently of one another field-aligned currents from an east-west sheet into pole-<br />
[Oguti and Hayashi, 1984].<br />
ward tonguelike structures <strong>is</strong> sufficient to explain the<br />
Precipitation associated with pulsating auroras does magnetic pulsation observations (Ps 6 type). As d<strong>is</strong>not<br />
have a peak in flux at a particular energy but instead cussed by Baumjohann and Kamide [1981], th<strong>is</strong> east-west<br />
has a broad high-energy tail (with energies of tens of<br />
-1<br />
current sheet and its drift (at speeds of up to 1.5 km s<br />
keV [Bryant, 1969; Sandahl et al., 1980] but which can eastward [Elphinstone et al., 1995a]) <strong>is</strong> probably associalso<br />
be as low as 2 keV [Yau et al., 1981]). Energy ated with drift precipitation of energetic electrons.<br />
d<strong>is</strong>persion which <strong>is</strong> observed with these forms implies an Buchert et al. [1988] noted that the neutral wind shear<br />
equatorial source region [McEwen et al., 1981], and flow mechan<strong>is</strong>m proposed by Lyons and Walterscheid<br />
other observations support an association with VLF [1985] does not yield sufficient phase velocities to explain<br />
wave bursts [e.g., Johnstone, 1983]. They occur at any Kp the observations.<br />
level and 95 to 100% of the time for local times after Th<strong>is</strong> topic <strong>is</strong> not entirely independent of the previous<br />
0400 MLT [Oguti, 1981]. Similar to AAFs, they drift module since omega bands also involve pulsating aurowestward<br />
in the evening and eastward in the morning. ras (see Figure 14b, from Oguti et al. [1981a]). Oguti and<br />
They divide into two latitudinal bands after 0400 MLT Watanabe [1976] noted that a form of pulsating aurora<br />
for Kp values between 2 and 3.<br />
occurs within the omega band. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> a quasi-periodi-<br />
Essentially, two mechan<strong>is</strong>ms have been proposed for cally repeating (10-30 s), poleward propagating, mushthe<br />
pulsating precipitation involved in th<strong>is</strong> auroral fea- room shape. Th<strong>is</strong> shape moves poleward at speeds of<br />
ture. Coroniti and Kennel [1970] require compressional 10-30 km s -. As shown in Figure 14, there <strong>is</strong> consid-<br />
MHD waves to regulate the energetic electrons in the erable structure inside an omega band which has not<br />
equatorial plane. The pitch angle modulations cause been thoroughly studied. It <strong>is</strong> not clear what causes the<br />
VLF wave activity to grow which then causes diffusion of two separate regions of an omega band, one of which<br />
electrons into the loss cone. The second mechan<strong>is</strong>m does pulsates and has striations. These latter features (multinot<br />
require the active participation of the MHD waves ple arcs and striations within the diffuse aurora) may be<br />
[Trefall et al., 1975]. The MHD wave hypothes<strong>is</strong> may related to a mirror instability [Chiu et al., 1983].<br />
only be supported for some types [Oguti, 1981]. For Omega bands are also closely tied to the AAF events<br />
others it <strong>is</strong> clearly not operative, since the magnetic d<strong>is</strong>cussed in terms of auroral breakup [Elphinstone et al.,<br />
pulsations and auroral pulsations have ionospheric delay 1995a]. These connections therefore give omega bands a<br />
times relative to one another of less than 1 s [Oguti et al., new sense of importance, since understanding them may
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 199<br />
-- .,"''<br />
/'. ' "-<br />
' '-'--'""' '5\<br />
/ ;,',\<br />
EQUA TORWARD<br />
PROPAGATION<br />
'qto, ',, !<br />
' "' ' ;/" ff -t'/<br />
FLICKERIN // 0-" l / ISTREAMiN G<br />
VARIATIONS<br />
200 ß Elphinstone et al.- MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
b<br />
':':,.:::.:f'' ... :.. .":': .....<br />
.' ":.":
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 201<br />
1995c]. A simple analys<strong>is</strong> of the pulsations in the lobe occurrence during auroral activity. These can move<br />
region showed that the source of these must have been equatorward [Persson et al., 1994; Gazey et al., 1995] or<br />
located tailward of XOSE = --28 RE. The conclusion poleward [Nielsen et al., 1993] (Plate lb) during growth,<br />
reached by Elphinstone et al. [1995c] was that these expansion, or recovery. These parallel arc systems are<br />
pulsations were driven by a reconnection process in the frequently found westward of the substorm bulge. Remidtail<br />
to deep tail and were possibly associated with a ports of these features date back at least to work by<br />
plasmoid leaving the magnetosphere around th<strong>is</strong> time. Anger and Murphree [1976].<br />
Figure 15b illustrates the subsequent development of It <strong>is</strong> now known that at least some of these features<br />
th<strong>is</strong> surge from 0818 to 0830 UT. At 0818 UT a station- are associated with Pc 5 magnetic pulsations as they<br />
ary surge form can be seen just to the east of 2200 MLT propagate poleward and fade, and new ones appear<br />
(top left). At 0830 UT (bottom right) a large-scale sys- from further equatorward [Nielsen et al., 1993]. It has<br />
tem which might be considered to be a surge form ex<strong>is</strong>ts been proposed [Elphinstone and Hearn, 1993] that these<br />
well to the west of 2200 MLT. Th<strong>is</strong> pattern resembles the features are related to a d<strong>is</strong>turbance moving tailward,<br />
schematic in the middle of Figure 12a. One could con- generating alternating sheets of field-aligned current.<br />
clude on the bas<strong>is</strong> of only these two images (top left and The propagating source and the Alfven transit time<br />
bottom right), that the surge form in the upper right effects can give r<strong>is</strong>e to these and other forms such as fan<br />
propagated to the west, and a north-south feature de- arc systems. Phase mixing of these waves results in the<br />
veloped from the most poleward oval and drifted equa- arc systems approaching one another over time. Thus a<br />
torward. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> not what occurred (see below), and so mechan<strong>is</strong>m with fixed wavelength in the magnetosphere<br />
the dynamics of th<strong>is</strong> event would be completely lost if (and fixed period pulsation) can manifest itself in the<br />
one had only these two images to study.<br />
ionosphere with a wide range of arc separations and<br />
One important form to follow in the sequence <strong>is</strong> the widths. The width of the resulting ionospheric arc sysnorth-south<br />
feature which <strong>is</strong> clearly seen in the lower tems <strong>is</strong> limited only by whether or not one can d<strong>is</strong>tinrow<br />
of Figure 15b. In the middle left panel at 0823 UT gu<strong>is</strong>h different Alfven transit times between the arcs. If<br />
th<strong>is</strong> north-south form was actually part of the auroral one can, the phase mixing continues, and the arcs will<br />
surge and formed a connection between the main UV<br />
oval and the more poleward system. Thus a portion of<br />
the surge pattern was left behind as the surge form<br />
continue to narrow.<br />
d<strong>is</strong>integrated and gave r<strong>is</strong>e to the north-south-aligned 3. THE AURORA AS A MAGNETOSPHERIC<br />
structure. Another auroral form to follow in th<strong>is</strong> event <strong>is</strong><br />
the one which began to the west of the auroral surge at<br />
0821:32 UT (top right). Th<strong>is</strong> form was also north-south<br />
ROAD MAP<br />
The aurora <strong>is</strong> one of the few means by which large-<br />
scale ionospheric dynamics can be monitored. Further-<br />
aligned but protruded into the region which 3 min before<br />
would be normally considered as an open field line more, using these data, we can accurately identify the<br />
region. Th<strong>is</strong> form rotated in a clockw<strong>is</strong>e sense (right- ionospheric location of substorm onset. It <strong>is</strong> important<br />
hand side when viewed in the direction of the magnetic for us to be able to place these observations into a<br />
field) and formed a bridge across to the surge form by magnetospheric context so that they can be compared to<br />
0827 UT. Thus th<strong>is</strong> development was initiated to the high-altitude local observations of the magnetospheric<br />
west of the surge form, and the progression was to the substorm. An essential aspect of th<strong>is</strong> involves the queseast<br />
until the bridge was complete. The north-south tion of where auroral arcs map to in the magnetosphere.<br />
feature <strong>is</strong> a marker of the previous link that the station- Th<strong>is</strong> mapping can be done in several ways, each of which<br />
ary surge made between the main UV oval and the more has advantages. One commonly used method involves<br />
poleward system. Note also that the dynamics of the the tracing of individual field lines using empirical magevent<br />
include the multiple arc systems to the west of the netospheric models (see work by Jordan [1994] for a<br />
surge (see observation at 0821 UT).<br />
review of these models). For reasons outlined below, th<strong>is</strong><br />
These observations put into <strong>quest</strong>ion the ex<strong>is</strong>tence of <strong>is</strong> not generally a productive exerc<strong>is</strong>e unless the tracings<br />
open field lines to the west of the surge [see Murphree et are done within a more global context. <strong>Global</strong> maps<br />
al., 1993], since in only 2-3 min th<strong>is</strong> region can be filled from these models can be used with some success so long<br />
with d<strong>is</strong>crete arcs which have been shown in other cases as the researcher does not take the results too literally.<br />
to have a PSBL source. One can only speculate that The ideal use of such mapping <strong>is</strong> to combine it with<br />
these stationary surge forms (SSFs) are very different global data such as global auroral images and determine<br />
from the normal smaller-scale, westward traveling surges what meaningful relationships can be deduced. Subseen<br />
from the ground. These stationary surge forms may storms inherently deal with highly dynamic conditions<br />
in fact link near-Earth processes to those occurring for which stat<strong>is</strong>tical models offer only a broad base of<br />
deeper in the tail.<br />
interpretation. Mappings dealing with substorms must<br />
I. atitudinally propagating multiple arcs. Multiple therefore explain how these dynamics are incorporated<br />
arc systems in the evening sector, such as those illus- into the use of these models.<br />
trated in the bottom right of Figure 12a, are a common Another primary means of mapping involves inferring
202 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
magnetospheric source regions from low-altitude parti- magnetosphere's minimum B surface (approximately<br />
cle observations. These observations combined with the- the equatorial plane) along field lines into the ionoory<br />
allow inferences to be made concerning the source of sphere (adapted from Elphinstone et al. [1991a, b]). The<br />
auroral breakup. A technique which <strong>is</strong> just beginning to d<strong>is</strong>tribution of features was chosen to resemble known<br />
be extensively used <strong>is</strong> the detailed compar<strong>is</strong>on between auroral forms which ex<strong>is</strong>t during substorms. Plates 5a<br />
high- and low-altitude observations combined with ei- and 5b show mappings using the highest magnetic activther<br />
or both of the techniques l<strong>is</strong>ted above.<br />
ity version of the T87 and T89 models, respectively.<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> section outlines a potential "road map" between The applicability of the rules stated above can be seen<br />
the ionosphere and the magnetosphere which can be most easily by looking at the red and white features in<br />
used by researchers to understand the diverse observa- the right of Plate 5a (near Xosa = -50 Rr ). Moving<br />
tions given in the previous section. Th<strong>is</strong> general road from red to white (i.e., closer to the magnetopause)<br />
map has the advantage that a specific case does not moves one closer to local noon in the ionosphere (left<br />
necessarily need to be actually mapped because on a panel between 70 ø and 80 ø in the dawn sector). Moving<br />
large scale it has features which identify it with parts of earthward of these points (i.e., to the region near Xsa<br />
the road map.<br />
= -10 Rr) takes one equatorward in the ionosphere.<br />
Two additional rules are useful when considering map-<br />
3.1. General Mapping Principles<br />
ping:<br />
General principles can be used when mapping using 3. Magnetic flux <strong>is</strong> conserved between the ionoan<br />
empirical magnetospheric model. These principles sphere and the magnetosphere so that locations with low<br />
are based on two important properties of the magneto- B fields in the equatorial plane map to narrower (lat<strong>is</strong>pheric<br />
magnetic field that d<strong>is</strong>tingu<strong>is</strong>h it from a simple tudinal) structures in the ionosphere than do regions of<br />
centered dipole field. First, th<strong>is</strong> field <strong>is</strong> confined within higher magnetic field (if they have the same longitudinal<br />
the magnetopause. Second, the magnetospheric field <strong>is</strong> extent).<br />
drawn out into a long tail on the nightside. In a com- 4. Regions which are associated with low B fields<br />
pletely closed magnetosphere (no normal component are unlikely to be modeled accurately in global stat<strong>is</strong>tical<br />
through the magnetopause) all points on the magneto- models. These regions therefore are the most likely to<br />
pause map into the northern and southern ionospheres change their projections to the ionosphere with different<br />
to two points called the northern and southern cusps. As models. For the same reason, we can expect large varimagnetic<br />
field normal to the magnetopause <strong>is</strong> added, the ations in the projections of these regions as a consemagnetosphere<br />
becomes more open (i.e., some field quence of changing magnetospheric conditions.<br />
lines become linked to the solar wind) and the iono- These rules have obvious implications when one looks<br />
spheric cusp region becomes broader. We know through at the width of the deep-tail region in the ionosphere<br />
studies of cusp precipitation that the magnetospheric compared with the near-Earth region (compare the two<br />
cusp regions map to ionospheric areas confined to about regions near midnight in the left panel of Plate 5a). The<br />
2.5 hours of local time centered about magnetic noon high-latitude region should also be more variable than<br />
[Newell and Meng, 1992]. Th<strong>is</strong> result implies that for the the equatorward area and will be more model sensitive.<br />
purposes of th<strong>is</strong> paper the real magnetosphere resem- Plate 5b shows that using a different magnetic field<br />
bles a closed type of magnetosphere. In th<strong>is</strong> relatively model (based on the same data set but different funcclosed<br />
type of magnetosphere two rules can be used in tional forms to represent the current elements) gives<br />
mapping forms to and from the magnetosphere [Elphin- results which are in many ways qualitatively similar (on<br />
stone et al., 1994b].<br />
a large scale) to those in Plate 5a. A closer examination,<br />
1. Closer to the magnetopause translates in the ion- however, shows a multitude of differences which would<br />
osphere to closer to local noon. Th<strong>is</strong> rule indicates that profoundly affect local field line tracings particularly at<br />
in contrast to a simple dipole field mapping, features at high ionospheric latitudes. Field-aligned currents can<br />
a constant local time in the magnetosphere do not follow also alter mapping by an hour of local time or more<br />
a constant local time in the ionosphere (i.e., field lines [Donoran, 1993]. Observationally, geosynchronous mapare<br />
not lines at constant longitude).<br />
pings can change by 300 to 400 km [Oguti et al., 1991b].<br />
2. Closer to the Earth at a fixed d<strong>is</strong>tance from the These changes are comparable with changes resulting<br />
magnetopause results in an equatorward d<strong>is</strong>placement from the more basic choice of model current functions.<br />
in the ionosphere.<br />
One example of the differences can be seen in the<br />
These rules result in mappings quite different from projection to the ionosphere of the feature along Xos M<br />
what one would achieve using a dipole field, primarily = -26 Rr near the dawn magnetopause. In the T87<br />
because of the d<strong>is</strong>tortions introduced by the magneto- mappings it strongly resembles one element of the fan<br />
pause and tail currents. Empirical magnetospheres such arcs seen in Figure 9, while in the other (T89) it lies<br />
as the Tsyganenko [1987, 1989] models tend to have th<strong>is</strong> several hours westward and closer to the more equatorclosed<br />
type of configuration. (The two Tsyganenko mod- ward arcs. In both cases, though, features ex<strong>is</strong>t resemels<br />
will be called T87 and T89 in what follows.) To bling fan arcs. Bim et al. [1991] have shown that when B z<br />
illustrate th<strong>is</strong>, Plate 5 shows features projected from the <strong>is</strong> large along the flanks of a magnetosphere, closed field
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 203<br />
NLAT<br />
ML<br />
' 'MLAT<br />
1 MLT<br />
0 MLI"<br />
IONOSPHERE<br />
1'87 SEPTEMBER 23 1 ß :. 21UT Kp- 5<br />
60 MLAT<br />
: ' LAT<br />
,18 ML "ML¾ ,<br />
IONOSPHERE<br />
o MLT<br />
..,...,,-'<br />
T: ß SEPTEMBER 23, 1 ß:. 21UT Kp= 5<br />
0<br />
VGSM Re<br />
30 0 -9O<br />
YGSM (Re)<br />
Plate 5. (a) A mapping of large-scale features (right) from the equatorial plane to the (left) ionosphere<br />
using the Tsyganenko [1987] (T87) Kp 5 model (rev<strong>is</strong>ed from Elphinstone et al. [1991a]). (b) Same as for Plate<br />
5a but using the Tsyganenko [1989] (T89) model. The same equatorial locations have been mapped. Large<br />
differences appear primarily at high latitudes in the dawn and dusk sectors.
204 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
lines extend to higher latitudes in the dayside sector. We<br />
see that these deep-tail flank regions project to features<br />
resembling polar arcs and fan arcs when B z <strong>is</strong> large (i.e.,<br />
the T87 model has th<strong>is</strong> character<strong>is</strong>tic in its magnetic field<br />
configuration). Elphinstone et al. [1994b] used th<strong>is</strong> reasoning<br />
to suggest that the KHI along the dayside and<br />
flanks of the tail <strong>is</strong> responsible for these fan arc systems.<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> would suggest that when B z <strong>is</strong> decreased on the<br />
flanks of the magnetotail, polar arcs would tend to<br />
d<strong>is</strong>appear and the dayside polar region would become<br />
more open. It would also explain why polar arcs sometimes<br />
d<strong>is</strong>appear prior to auroral breakup. If th<strong>is</strong> were<br />
true, then th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> incons<strong>is</strong>tent with models which portray<br />
KHI in the LLBL as the source for omega bands, auroral<br />
surges, and auroral breakup [e.g., Rostoker and Eastman,<br />
1987; Rostoker and Samson, 1984]. Here we have an<br />
excellent example of how general mapping principles<br />
can help resolve outstanding <strong>quest</strong>ions in substorm re-<br />
search.<br />
5<br />
[] []<br />
20 IMAGES R: .72 688 POINTS F: 734<br />
1/2 HR. AVERAGES 0-24 MLT<br />
SLOPE = .63 (.02)<br />
INTERCEPT = 32 (2)<br />
I I I<br />
60 70 80<br />
OBSERVED OVAL LOCATION(MLAT)<br />
20 IMAGES R: .94 626 POINTS F: 4600<br />
1/2 HR. AVERAGES 0-23.5 MLT<br />
SLOPE: ,87 (,01) D...._.<br />
INTERCEPT: 9.7 (0.8)<br />
5057 BOUNDARIES<br />
USE [] _<br />
<strong>Auroral</strong> conjugacy also plays an important role in<br />
understanding mapping and the applicability of rule 4,<br />
stated above. Stenbaek-Nielsen et al. [1972] noted that<br />
there are two important types of auroral arcs to consider<br />
when studying conjugacy. In the first type, dipole conjugacy<br />
between hem<strong>is</strong>pheres <strong>is</strong> maintained. Th<strong>is</strong> corresponds<br />
to the equatorward system of electron arcs which<br />
lie within and just poleward of a proton precipitation<br />
arc. The second type lies poleward of the first, and<br />
LI3<br />
5e<br />
I<br />
60<br />
I<br />
7e<br />
I<br />
eo 9<br />
conjugacy for th<strong>is</strong> type can vary dramatically from event<br />
to event. These two types are cons<strong>is</strong>tent with the main<br />
OBSERVED OVAL LOCATION[MLAT)<br />
UV oval and the more poleward oval, respectively, and Figure 16. The correspondence of the main UV oval and the<br />
are cons<strong>is</strong>tent with rule 4 for the mapping of auroral inner edge (peak) of the cross tail current calculated in the<br />
features.<br />
Tsyganenko [1987] empirical magnetic field model [from El-<br />
Comparing the maps in Plate 5 with the data in Plate phinstone et al., 1991b]: (top) the model open-closed field<br />
2 and the schematics in Figures 9, 10, and 12 enables one<br />
to make fairly obvious connections between some of the<br />
auroral features and potential sources in the magnetosphere.<br />
For instance, the main UV oval <strong>is</strong> unlikely to<br />
map into the deep tail because of its location, its width,<br />
and its relatively stable nature. To investigate th<strong>is</strong>, Elboundary<br />
generally lies far poleward of the main UV oval;<br />
(bottom) the peak in the main UV oval position can be<br />
predicted quite accurately on a global bas<strong>is</strong> from the peak in<br />
the T87 nightside magnetospheric volume current density projected<br />
to the ionosphere.<br />
phinstone et al. [1991b] measured about 5000 UV Viking When th<strong>is</strong> result was found, it was a great surpr<strong>is</strong>e to<br />
auroral boundaries for a wide range of local times, find that the open-closed field line boundary did not<br />
dipole tilt angle, and magnetic (Kp) activity level and seem related to the steady state main UV auroral oval.<br />
attempted to compare them with the T87 empirical Other model parameters were also correlated with the<br />
magnetic field model. Averages of these boundaries over observables, and eventually it was found that the region<br />
0.5 MLT helped eliminate mapping inaccuracies associ- where the peak in the cross-tail current projects to (the<br />
ated with field-aligned currents. The peak in the main general region between Xos M = -4 and -12 Re) cor-<br />
UV oval intensity and the poleward boundary of th<strong>is</strong> relates extraordinarily well with the main UV oval (botmain<br />
UV oval (not including polar arcs and other high- tom of Figure 16). Th<strong>is</strong> result indicated that much of<br />
latitude auroral phenomena) were the observational what <strong>is</strong> referred to as the auroral oval must originate in<br />
boundaries studied. When stat<strong>is</strong>tical compar<strong>is</strong>ons were the inner plasma sheet. Elphinstone et al. [1991b] used<br />
made between the peak in the main UV oval (or the th<strong>is</strong> correlation to conclude that substorm onset must<br />
other more poleward observed boundary) and the open- originate close to Earth owing to the onset's arc associclosed<br />
field line boundary (open field lines were defined ation with th<strong>is</strong> peak in the main UV oval.<br />
by field lines exiting the model boundaries before clos- The above correlations strongly support the prem<strong>is</strong>e<br />
ing) in the T87 model, it was found that th<strong>is</strong> model that auroral features seen on the main UV oval occur in<br />
boundary generally lay far poleward of the main UV the near-Earth region near midnight and closer to the<br />
oval (top of Figure 16).<br />
magnetopause at magnetospheric local times away from<br />
90
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 205<br />
midnight (XosM from about 4 to 12 Rr). We know that ble explanation for the fading of arcs within the bulge as<br />
the main UV oval maintains its ex<strong>is</strong>tence throughout the the double oval forms <strong>is</strong> that th<strong>is</strong> bulge region <strong>is</strong> initially<br />
substorm, and so its near-Earth source mechan<strong>is</strong>m <strong>is</strong> not within an auroral source region generated by a nearlikely<br />
to rapidly change. Th<strong>is</strong> knowledge allows one to Earth d<strong>is</strong>turbance. As the d<strong>is</strong>turbance (whether a neumake<br />
a similar connection with auroral features occur- tral line or a d<strong>is</strong>turbance front) moves down the tail, the<br />
ring on th<strong>is</strong> d<strong>is</strong>tribution without actually having per- source <strong>is</strong> no longer affecting the near-Earth region, and<br />
formed the specific substorm mappings. For example, so the aurora connected to th<strong>is</strong> region (i.e., within the<br />
the association of omega bands with the most equator- bulge) begins to fade. Th<strong>is</strong> near-Earth region no longer<br />
ward oval during a double-oval configuration, combined supports a substorm current wedge, and so the more<br />
with their association with auroral pulsations and VLF equatorward westward ccuojct ^ .... : will also iau,. ' r,;o ß 111o<br />
waves, indicates that omega bands map to the near- could give r<strong>is</strong>e to the broad correspondence between the<br />
Earth region and not out to the boundary layers. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> ground magnetic recovery and the thickening of the<br />
cons<strong>is</strong>tent with the omega band mappings shown by plasma sheet.<br />
Pulkkinen et al. [1991b] and <strong>is</strong> incons<strong>is</strong>tent with the The above example illustrates that it <strong>is</strong> important to<br />
mappings put forth by Rostoker and Samson [1984]. understand how changes to the magnetospheric current<br />
Similarly, the variability of the most poleward arc systems can alter the mapping of features from the<br />
system in the double oval (near midnight), its width, as magnetosphere to the ionosphere. Figures 17a and 17b<br />
well as its location, all support its mapping further tail- illustrate how mapping at midnight (in eccentric dipole<br />
ward and its association with the deep tail or at least the coordinates) can be altered via changes to the ring<br />
PSBL (as opposed to the LLBL) [Elphinstone et al., current and via cross-tail current systems in the T87<br />
1995c].<br />
model for two levels of Kp activity (3 and 5). These<br />
The split between the dayside and nightside auroral parametric curves could in principle be used to construct<br />
systems near 1500 MLT can also be understood in th<strong>is</strong> a time-dependent mapping to the ionosphere based on<br />
scheme as being due to a div<strong>is</strong>ion between processes hypothetical current changes in the magnetosphere. The<br />
originating in the dayside boundary region and those curves at the top of each graph represent the XosM<br />
coming from the nightside. Thus the dayside spirals seen location (left ax<strong>is</strong>) associated with the ionospheric proin<br />
the lower left panel of Figure 9 probably are associ- jection d<strong>is</strong>played further down (right ax<strong>is</strong>). The ionoated<br />
with the dayside boundary layers, while the arcs spheric points were chosen to be separated each by 1 ø of<br />
which lie further poleward may be connected to separate latitude with the most equatorward point being in all<br />
nightside processes. These are a few examples of how cases the projection of the peak in the equatorial plane<br />
the large-scale auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution can be used in com- volume current density. (Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> the parameter which<br />
bination with the maps given in Plate 5. Other geophysi- correlated well with the peak in the main UV oval.) The<br />
cal parameters can then be interpreted on the bas<strong>is</strong> of most equatorward line <strong>is</strong> therefore an illustration of how<br />
their locations relative to th<strong>is</strong> large-scale d<strong>is</strong>tribution. the main UV oval peak might be expected to move<br />
under different conditions. Th<strong>is</strong> allows one to then un-<br />
3.2. Temporal Variations<br />
derstand the meaning of the projection of the 4 ø of<br />
Lui [1978] was probably the first researcher to inves- latitude immediately poleward. If th<strong>is</strong> region projects to<br />
tigate the necessary changes to the cross-tail current a wide range in XosM, then 4 ø in the ionosphere spans a<br />
during a growth phase followed by a dipolarization. large portion of the central plasma sheet and the asso-<br />
Since then, time-dependent adaptations to the Tsyg- ciated "oval" <strong>is</strong> narrow. If, on the other hand, these<br />
anenko magnetic field models have been used to inves- points do not extend far tailward, then the central<br />
tigate the properties of the tail current sheet prior to plasma sheet region will map to a broad region in the<br />
onset [Sergeev et al., 1990; Pulkkinen et al., 1991a]. In ionosphere (i.e., a wide "oval" in the below d<strong>is</strong>cussion).<br />
these studies the original field model parameters are If no points ex<strong>is</strong>t at a particular value of the parameter,<br />
altered, and new current systems added to try to dupli- then the points do not have an equatorial plane projeccate<br />
observed changes to the magnetic field configura- tion.<br />
tion at several high-altitude satellites. Pulkkinen et al. Figure 17a shows changes resulting from ring current<br />
[1992] have performed th<strong>is</strong> calculation for several case variations, while Figure 17b shows changes induced by<br />
studies and found that the tail current sheet may become moving the inner edge of the current sheet (top), insufficiently<br />
thin to make thermal electrons chaotic late in creasing the strength of the cross-tail current (middle),<br />
the growth phase. One generally needs to increase the and altering the thickness of the current sheet (bottom).<br />
strength of the cross-tail current (by typically a factor of The current sheet thinning employed <strong>is</strong> from Sergeev et<br />
2) and thin the current sheet down to between about 0.1 al. [1990]. The ring current panels illustrate that periods<br />
and 0.5 Rr. These studies show that stat<strong>is</strong>tical models with high ring current intensity (i.e., magnetic storm<br />
are not sufficiently stretched to be used for the mapping time periods) imply that the main UV oval will move<br />
of auroral features prior to onset.<br />
equatorward. The bottom of Figure 17a shows that un-<br />
Temporal variations of the magnetic field topology der fairly normal conditions, increasing the strength of<br />
can help explain some auroral observations. One possi- the ring current will make the oval broad in the iono-
206 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 207<br />
-4<br />
-13<br />
-22<br />
-40<br />
-15<br />
-30<br />
-45<br />
-60<br />
-4<br />
-13<br />
-22<br />
-31<br />
-40<br />
Kp = 3 peak of volume current density varies from 1.29 to 2.37 nA/m2<br />
circles,solid line:AT CURRENT MAX ." ."<br />
:<br />
squares,solid line:CURRENT MAX+I degree : ..'<br />
: ß<br />
solid line only:CURRENT MAX+2 degree : ..'<br />
circles,dashed line:CURRENT MAX+3 degree<br />
:<br />
..<br />
ß<br />
:.<br />
squares,dashed line:CURRENT MAX+4 de f :'<br />
. . .<br />
- 10 -8 -6 -4 -2<br />
xGSM LOCATION OF INNER EDGE OF CURRENT SHEET(RE)<br />
1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50<br />
MULTIPLICATIVE INCREASE IN CROSS TAIL CURRENT TERM<br />
Kp = 3 peak of volume current density varies from 1.46 to 48.2 nA/m2<br />
circles,solid line:AT CURRENT MAX<br />
squares,solid line:CURRENT MAX+ 1 degree<br />
solid line only:CURRENT MAX+2 degree<br />
circles,dashed line:CURRENT MAX+3 degree<br />
squares,dashed line:CURRENT MAX+4 degree<br />
'.;, '. ............... ;; ................ '.-. ................ ;1..<br />
1 2 3 4 5<br />
THICKNESS OF CURRENT SHEET(Re)<br />
3.00<br />
90<br />
74.<br />
90<br />
a66<br />
58<br />
90<br />
" 58<br />
6'
208 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
will naturally broaden the projected region tailward of it.<br />
If the peak in the current sheet <strong>is</strong> found too far tailward,<br />
then the strong current will generate regions of negative<br />
B z in the tail and a neutral line forms.<br />
storm process. Initially, one might have a double-oval<br />
d<strong>is</strong>tribution like that shown in Plate 4 with the d<strong>is</strong>crete<br />
Increasing the strength of the cross-tail current (midaurora<br />
associated with the deeper tail and the diffuse<br />
precipitation equatorward associated with the main UV<br />
oval. Eventually, however, it <strong>is</strong> th<strong>is</strong> main UV oval which<br />
dle of Figure 17b) will not change the location of the activates in an auroral breakup event, and so th<strong>is</strong> region<br />
main UV oval but will cause the oval to narrow, and can rapidly change character and become associated<br />
eventually a neutral line will form. It <strong>is</strong> interesting to see with d<strong>is</strong>crete aurora [Elphinstone et al., 1995b].<br />
that changing the thickness of the current sheet (bottom Low-energy (up to 40 keV) ion precipitation can also<br />
of Figure 17b) can drastically change the associated help link the aurora to processes in the magnetotail so<br />
volume current density without dramatically affecting that a mapping can be inferred. The velocity d<strong>is</strong>persed<br />
the large-scale mapping (the oval will thin somewhat but ion signature (VDIS) <strong>is</strong> perhaps the most useful of these<br />
not in compar<strong>is</strong>on with altering the current intensity). signatures. There are two places where d<strong>is</strong>persion signa-<br />
Thus a thin current sheet could develop in the near- tures frequently ex<strong>is</strong>t, one at the equatorward edge of<br />
Earth tail which would result in intense local volume the double oval and the other at the poleward edge. The<br />
current densities but which would not significantly alter latter feature has been associated with ion beams (4-20<br />
the mapping of the main UV oval.<br />
keV) precipitating from the PSBL and becoming d<strong>is</strong>-<br />
One could easily construct a substorm sequence persed in energy as a function of latitude via an E x B<br />
based on these parameterizations. A strong ionospheric drift [Zelenyi et al., 1990]. Th<strong>is</strong> feature frequently lies just<br />
growth phase condition could be realized if the inner poleward of the most poleward arc system but can be<br />
edge of the tail current sheet moved earthward and the coincident with th<strong>is</strong> arc as it <strong>is</strong> just developing [Elphincurrent<br />
sheet intensified. Th<strong>is</strong> would result in a thinning stone et al., 1995c]. Th<strong>is</strong> again identifies the most poleof<br />
the oval and a movement equatorward prior to onset. ward arc syste. m (and the auroral activations associated<br />
If the dipolarization at onset then injected and energized with it) with either the PSBL or its inner edge. The other<br />
particles into the ring current, the oval would thicken VDIS lies at the equatorward edge of the main UV oval<br />
and the main UV oval would move further equatorward. and <strong>is</strong> a low-energy (less than a few keV) ion d<strong>is</strong>persion<br />
As the ring current intensified, the active auroral region signature (LEIDS). Sauvaud et al. [1981] explain the<br />
would become broad. With the decay of the ring current LEIDS as being associated with the drifts of ions relative<br />
the oval would eventually return to its previous config- to an injection source. They may also be associated with<br />
uration. Th<strong>is</strong> simple example shows how the curves in upwelling ions at an inverted V event located near the<br />
Figures 17a and 17b can be employed to understand how inner edge of the cross-tail current sheet.<br />
general magnetotail configuration changes can alter the High-energy particle <strong>is</strong>otropic boundary mappings.<br />
midnight mapping of the auroral region.<br />
Lui and Burrows [1978], Kirkwood and Eliasson [1990],<br />
and Elphinstone et al. [1995a] have all shown that auroral<br />
3.3. Particle Observations and Their Relation breakup occurs adjacent to the energetic (40-80 keV)<br />
to Substorm Mapping<br />
electron <strong>is</strong>otropic boundary. That <strong>is</strong>, energetic electrons<br />
Feldstein and Galperin [1985] have given an excellent equatorward of that point are generally trapped (i.e.,<br />
summary of the reasoning used to support the argument moving perpendicular to the field line), whereas polethat<br />
the d<strong>is</strong>crete auroral region <strong>is</strong> associated with the ward of that point there are equal fluxes along the field<br />
whole central plasma sheet. If one accepts th<strong>is</strong>, then if line as there are perpendicular to it (i.e., <strong>is</strong>otropic).<br />
the arc associated with breakup <strong>is</strong> the most equatorward Elphinstone et al. [1995a] has shown that an AAF event<br />
one, then th<strong>is</strong> arc must lie at the inner portion of the took place poleward of the 80- to 250-keV ion <strong>is</strong>otropic<br />
central plasma sheet. On the bas<strong>is</strong> of high-altitude sat- boundary but equatorward of the location where the<br />
ellite data, Lopez and Lui [1990] also argue auroral number of these ions began to alter rapidly with latitude.<br />
breakup <strong>is</strong> initiated in the near-Earth tail. In order for The former location probably maps to where ions are<br />
th<strong>is</strong> to be true, d<strong>is</strong>crete auroral arcs must have their scattered into the loss cone by motion within a curved<br />
source in th<strong>is</strong> region just prior to substorm onset. magnetic field geometry [Sergeev et al., 1983, 1993], while<br />
As <strong>is</strong> frequently done, Sergeev et al. [1991] have inter- the latter marks the location where the plasma pressure<br />
preted a double-oval configuration in terms of the most rapidly begins to increase near the Earth. These obserpoleward<br />
system being d<strong>is</strong>crete and mapping to the vations prec<strong>is</strong>ely pinpoint the onset location relative to<br />
PSBL, and the more equatorward system being purely specific electron and ion precipitation boundaries. Note,<br />
diffuse precipitation. One reason researchers argue however, that th<strong>is</strong> only places onset near the Earth<br />
about th<strong>is</strong> near-Earth onset location <strong>is</strong> that the more (within a region of large magnetospheric pressure graequatorward<br />
region, where onset will eventually begin, <strong>is</strong> dients) in a region tailward of where ions begin to be<br />
frequently of a diffuse auroral character (e.g., see Plate scattered by the magnetic field configuration.<br />
9 of Elphinstone et al. [1993b]). These contrasting views Space weather, MHD predictions, and mapping.<br />
of where arcs map to initially seem irreconcilable but in The ability to predict substorms and conditions at geofact<br />
can be explained through the dynamics of the sub- synchronous satellites can in principle be a means to
34 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.- MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 209<br />
;. ?..'.,:...'. :,I( '..-'".!:'<br />
....... ;:-,;i:.!%.,:. .... .....,r-'-,½::, ...:;:½- ,1 :!.<br />
.<br />
21 "/<br />
,..<br />
1H:" 19 LIT 100541 UT<br />
:: :'... . .:½'<br />
.: .;:.;::;::::::::;,, .:: ......... :.. ; ..... /.::; ...:.. ß<br />
;..<br />
: :e.r:?f;-: ..<br />
.:<br />
.: WT$<br />
.<br />
;. 1' ;'. ,,<br />
101224 UT<br />
Figure 18. An auroral substorm event studied in detail by Hones et al. [1987]. At about the time ISEE<br />
records the recovery of the plasma sheet (bottom) a westward traveling spiral develops on the poleward edge<br />
of the aurora. Forty-five degree field of views at (left) Inuvik, (middle) Fort Yukon, and (left) Barrow are<br />
shown as circles. MLATs 68 and 72 are shown along with 2100 and 2200 MLT. Observations at Barrow could<br />
be m<strong>is</strong>interpreted as a poleward leap of the aurora at th<strong>is</strong> time.<br />
reduce satellite malfunctions and prevent electrical<br />
power blackouts associated with the large substorminduced<br />
currents (see introduction). To do th<strong>is</strong>, of<br />
course, means that precursor events must be identified<br />
either at the Sun or in the solar wind, the magnetosphere,<br />
or the ionosphere. Th<strong>is</strong> in turn will eventually<br />
require an understanding of the onset mechan<strong>is</strong>m for<br />
the activity and a real-time means of predicting it.<br />
A first step toward th<strong>is</strong> goal has been made by Fedder<br />
et al. [1995], who have shown that an MHD simulation of<br />
the magnetosphere driven by observed solar wind conditions<br />
can reproduce many of the important features of<br />
the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution prior to substorm onset. The<br />
event chosen for study <strong>is</strong> the one given in Figure 5. In the<br />
process of accurately reproducing some of the features<br />
of auroral growth phase, Fedder et al. have independently<br />
helped substantiate the view that the auroral oval<br />
lies deeply embedded within the closed field line region,<br />
that onset <strong>is</strong> initiated within closed field lines, and that<br />
polar arcs lie adjacent to the open-closed field line<br />
boundary. Th<strong>is</strong> predictive aspect of space physics should<br />
be a major goal for research in the International Solar<br />
Terrestrial Program (ISTP) period and will no doubt<br />
have spinoffs which will help resolve conflicting substorm<br />
theories as well as answer many important mapping<br />
<strong>quest</strong>ions.<br />
3.4. High-Altitude Compar<strong>is</strong>ons With <strong>Auroral</strong> Data<br />
General. Many authors have found that ionospheric<br />
substorm signatures can be seen on the ground<br />
while not at geosynchronous orbit. Singer [1983] noted<br />
th<strong>is</strong> for the occurrence rate of Pi 2 signatures of onset.<br />
About 10% of these types of event are seen at low<br />
altitude (and midlatitude) but not at high altitude, and<br />
vice versa [Yeoman et al., 1994]. Sauvaud et al. [1987]<br />
found that geosynchronous satellites do not always reg<strong>is</strong>ter<br />
pseudobreakups, and Lui et al. [1976] also found<br />
th<strong>is</strong> to be the case for a contracted oval event. Onset <strong>is</strong><br />
therefore not always within geosynchronous orbit or at<br />
least can be a localized phenomenon at these radial<br />
d<strong>is</strong>tances [Nakamura et al., 1994].<br />
Lopez et al. [1993] have shown that there <strong>is</strong> a reasonable<br />
correspondence between the poleward expansion of<br />
the auroral activity and the tailward expansion of the<br />
current d<strong>is</strong>ruption region in the vicinity of the CCE<br />
satellite (apogee at 8.8 RE). Scholer et al. [1984] have<br />
given an example of a poleward leap of the electrojet<br />
approximately coincident with the recovery of the<br />
plasma sheet both at ISEE 1 and ISEE 3.<br />
Double-oval spiral events, substorm recovery, and<br />
fast flows in the PSBI_. Figure 18 shows a developing<br />
auroral bulge for an event studied by Hones et al. [1987].
210 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
In the first four observations the substorm bulge develops<br />
and <strong>is</strong> filled with auroral em<strong>is</strong>sions. Cons<strong>is</strong>tent with<br />
Figure 12a, as the bulge reaches its most poleward<br />
extent, the em<strong>is</strong>sions within the bulge fade (middle row<br />
of Figure 18) and the local magnetic recovery begins.<br />
After th<strong>is</strong> time, and more or less coincident with the<br />
recovery of the plasma sheet at the ISEE satellite, an<br />
auroral spiral develops near Barrow station (Figure 18,<br />
bottom). Th<strong>is</strong> event <strong>is</strong> an example of the type of activation<br />
given on the left side of Figure 12b and in th<strong>is</strong> case<br />
occurs along with plasma sheet recovery. The magnetic<br />
signature at Barrow was cons<strong>is</strong>tent with the passage of a<br />
"WTS." These spirals associated with the thickening of<br />
the plasma sheet may be related to the results of Lyons<br />
and Huang [1992], who found <strong>is</strong>olated H bay activity<br />
associated with the recovery of the plasma sheet. In that<br />
study, four events were used. Two of these had activity<br />
immediately preceding the event in <strong>quest</strong>ion, one had no<br />
information in the critical local time sector 2100 to 2400<br />
MLT and one had significant activity in the previous<br />
4 hours. If these events did occur in true <strong>is</strong>olation from<br />
JII © out<br />
JII © in<br />
(a)<br />
Y, Z plane<br />
at X -70 R e<br />
other auroral breakups, then they would be very strong<br />
support for the modular concept. If, on the other hand,<br />
they occurred in association with other activity, they still<br />
support the separate activation of events near the poleward<br />
boundary of the aurora.<br />
Figure 19, from Bythrow and Potemra [1987], illus-<br />
(b)<br />
trates the view that surge forms are d<strong>is</strong>tortions occurring<br />
near the open-closed field line boundary. The spiral<br />
Figure 19. A schematic showing one view of how surge forms<br />
may map to the magnetotail [from Bythrow and Potemra, 1987].<br />
events mentioned here are likely to be of that nature.<br />
Simulations by Yamamoto et al. [1993] show that these<br />
spirals can be explained if they occur adjacent to the Plate 6 shows coincident observations in the northern<br />
open-closed field line boundary. Note, however, that th<strong>is</strong><br />
ionosphere. The white line near 0100 MLT shows the<br />
<strong>is</strong> not the entire story, since many of these spiral forms mapping of the entire plasma sheet tailward of the Xos M<br />
can occur deeply embedded within the closed field line position of the IRM satellite. Th<strong>is</strong> entire region was<br />
region (see the right side of Figure 12b).<br />
mapped to the ionosphere in order to convey that the<br />
These spiral events can also be identified with fast prec<strong>is</strong>e mapping <strong>is</strong> not important for th<strong>is</strong> case study. At<br />
flows in the PSBL. Figure 20, from Baumjohann [1988], the beginning of the event (2228-2246 UT) a double<br />
shows an example of a IRM satellite fast flow event seen oval with no intensifications on it can be seen. By 2253<br />
in the PSBL at high altitude in the midnight sector. Th<strong>is</strong> UT (Plate 6, top right) the double oval has activated in<br />
event took place during a quiet magnetic activity interval the general projected vicinity of the fast flow occurrence.<br />
when the AE was less than 100 nT. It occurred after the Th<strong>is</strong> gradually develops into two "boundary" region<br />
AE had recovered from a slightly active period (200-300 spirals (third row) similar to those shown on the left of<br />
nT) at about 2000 UT on May 3, 1986. Th<strong>is</strong> recovery was Figure 12b. They have faded completely by the last panel<br />
cons<strong>is</strong>tent with the plasma sheet recovering at the ISEE at 2312:58 UT. Th<strong>is</strong> case illustrates a correspondence in<br />
1 satellite at that time.<br />
both time and space between the fast flow events seen at<br />
On a longer term, the AE had just recovered from a high altitude and the activations of the most poleward<br />
major storm period with the AL index reaching about oval of a double-oval configuration. To the best of our<br />
-2000 nT. The Dst index was recovering from a storm in knowledge, th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> the first time that such a double<br />
which the Dst reached -80 nT and was greater than -40 correspondence has been made. If the fast flow were due<br />
nT (i.e., recovering) at the time of the observations. Th<strong>is</strong> to a reconnection event th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> again cons<strong>is</strong>tent with the<br />
event was used by Baumjohann [1988] as a quiet time scenario outlined above whereby reconnection in the tail<br />
fast flow observed in the PSBL. The PSBL was encoun- supports the spiral generation at high latitudes in the<br />
tered at about 2215 UT, and a fast flow of more than 400 ionosphere.<br />
km s - earthward began at 2245 UT and lasted until Further support for the poleward oval being associabout<br />
2305 UT (other fast flows occurred, but these ated with reconnection can be found in the event decannot<br />
be compared with low-altitude data).<br />
scribed in section 2.2 (under "stationary surge") and<br />
Noon
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.- MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 211<br />
AMPTE/IRM :3 MAY 1986<br />
-,,],,i,,i,,[,,i,,i,,i,,i,,i,,i,,i,,i,,i,]l,,I ,, _<br />
_<br />
25--<br />
: E<br />
_<br />
190<br />
_<br />
- -<br />
- ""- '&'/'=- GSM<br />
_<br />
B 180:<br />
170 - , ,.,- "-- ,[ - _- -<br />
_<br />
k B o 5 GSM<br />
p 1o-2 10--1<br />
6OO<br />
200<br />
0<br />
-200<br />
v{ -4o0<br />
-600 ,,<br />
UT 21 00 22'00 23'00 0:00 1 00<br />
17 94 16 29<br />
ZNS -5 91 -3.87<br />
LT 0 16 ]00 A 200 0 50<br />
Figure 20. A fast flow event (2245 to<br />
2305 UT) in the plasma sheet boundary<br />
layer (PSBL) seen at the Active Magnetospheric<br />
Particle Trace Explorer<br />
Ion Release Module (AMPTE/IRM)<br />
during quiet times [from Baurnjohann,<br />
9881.<br />
shown in Figure 15. Th<strong>is</strong> association of the most pole- ciated more equatorward aurora fades. Eventually, in<br />
ward arc system with a resonant phenomenon in the the midtail region, reconnection occurs, and at some<br />
outer plasma sheet may help explain the heating of the point the last closed field line reconnects. In the ionoplasma<br />
sheet seen after onset by Huang et al. [1992]. sphere th<strong>is</strong> may correspond to poleward oval activations<br />
Many of the heating events from that study occurred and a new electrojet forming at th<strong>is</strong> higher latitude (i.e.,<br />
after a second intensification had occurred.<br />
the traversing arc). Th<strong>is</strong> might then trigger the recovery<br />
Slavin et al. [1989] have investigated two events when of the plasma sheet as the neutral line begins to retreat<br />
auroral images could be compared with deep-tail obser- in response to the energy released at th<strong>is</strong> time. Th<strong>is</strong><br />
vations by ISEE 3. They found the results to be cons<strong>is</strong>- magnetospheric scenario explains why the fading of the<br />
tent with the plasmoid model for substorm tail dynamics. more equatorward electrojets (along with the intense<br />
Note that in both cases the observations of a plasmoid precipitation there) could occur at about the same time<br />
occurred in association with the formation of what <strong>is</strong> as the most poleward system <strong>is</strong> activating with a new<br />
now termed the double-oval d<strong>is</strong>tribution (see their electrojet. Th<strong>is</strong> view would have the reconnection of the<br />
Plates 1 and 2). The second event occurred after a time last closed field line occurring 5-30 min after the exploof<br />
previous activity when the most poleward system was<br />
still active. Previous to th<strong>is</strong>, several traveling compression<br />
regions were observed (perhaps the signature of<br />
sive onset.<br />
plasmoids seen in the tail lobes). It may be that these 4.<br />
features were signatures associated with intensifications<br />
IMPLICATIONS FOR SUBSTORM MODELS<br />
on th<strong>is</strong> poleward boundary.<br />
We have seen that the wide variety of auroral activity<br />
These types of magnetospheric events may be implies that no single mechan<strong>is</strong>m or theory <strong>is</strong> likely to<br />
strongly related to auroral activations found on the most explain everything. One of the fundamental problems<br />
poleward oval of a double-oval configuration as well as still ex<strong>is</strong>ting in magnetospheric physics <strong>is</strong> to determine<br />
to the fading of em<strong>is</strong>sions equatorward of th<strong>is</strong> activating the mechan<strong>is</strong>m of substorm onset. There are a variety of<br />
arc (see also Plate 3). As mentioned in the module ex<strong>is</strong>ting theories, each one of which <strong>is</strong> purported to give<br />
section, these events can occur as the bulge reaches its the correct answer to th<strong>is</strong> <strong>quest</strong>ion. One would think that<br />
most poleward extent. In the magnetosphere the iono- sufficient computer time, along with the knowledge of<br />
spheric poleward progression of the bulge can be the requ<strong>is</strong>ite physics, now ex<strong>is</strong>ts to resolve th<strong>is</strong> problem.<br />
equated with the tailward motion of the current d<strong>is</strong>rup- Unfortunately, the magnetosphere involves physical protion<br />
region. As th<strong>is</strong> d<strong>is</strong>ruption region moves tailward, it cesses which ex<strong>is</strong>t at such a wide range of spatial and<br />
decouples from the near-Earth region, and so the asso- temporal scales such that a single type of simulation <strong>is</strong>
212 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
MAY 3, 1': ß<br />
1<br />
2240 to 2246 UT 225311 UT<br />
225613 UT 33 UT 225813 UT<br />
....<br />
23(X)54 UT 230415 UT ,. ß UT<br />
Plate 6. The auroral dynamics associated with the fast flows shown in Figure 17. Spirals develop near 0200<br />
MLT (between 2253 and 2310 UT) on the most poleward system of a double-oval configuration. The white line<br />
near 0100 MLT <strong>is</strong> the T87 mapping of the plasma sheet tailward of AMPTE/IRM.<br />
unlikely to encompass all of the desired scales. Cross- with the scarcity of in situ measurements makes for a<br />
coupling between processes where individual particle difficult task in evaluating the various substorm models.<br />
motion becomes important and those involving large- Most of the models presented here have originated as<br />
scale magnetohydrodynamic fluid motions, makes con- an attempt to explain a particular set of observations<br />
clusive simulations of the magnetosphere substorm a (usually magnetospheric versus ionospheric). Gradually,<br />
very difficult problem.<br />
however, it <strong>is</strong> becoming recognized that these models<br />
For example, some theories invoke reconnection as a must merge together and interact to give a proper undriver<br />
for most of the substorm process. These theories derstanding of what actually occurs during an auroral/<br />
are perhaps the most evolved from the viewpoint of magnetospheric substorm. Even if a model of the magbeing<br />
able to generate computer simulations and explain netospheric substorm successfully reproduces the effects<br />
many of the observables. Unfortunately, these simula- seen in the magnetosphere, there <strong>is</strong> a further problem in<br />
tions rely partly on microphysics, which <strong>is</strong> introduced translating th<strong>is</strong> into what should be seen in the ionointo<br />
the simulation either.explicitly or via the particular sphere. Th<strong>is</strong> problem <strong>is</strong> particularly evident when one<br />
numerical scheme used (see work by Raeder e! al. [1996] considers that even theories for "simple" auroral arcs<br />
for a description of some of the problems). Other the- are not yet adequate to explain arc observations<br />
ories have tended to focus primarily on an onset mech- [Borovsky, 1993].<br />
an<strong>is</strong>m and so do not have well-developed explanations A start toward achieving a synthes<strong>is</strong> of models and<br />
for the broader range of observations. Th<strong>is</strong> combined how they relate to a classical auroral substorm has been<br />
.....
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 21 3<br />
Ionosphere M aonetosDhere<br />
_<br />
Growth Noon-midnight<br />
Oval boundaries cross-section<br />
move equatorward<br />
Onset Current<br />
Equatorial<br />
projection<br />
Initial arc brightening (decrease d<strong>is</strong>ruption<br />
Exoansion<br />
wave<br />
L,,,. '""'"' ' Convection<br />
Convection<br />
surge Rarefaction<br />
wave<br />
Late Exoansion/Recovery_ Neutral line<br />
'<br />
- 80R E<br />
Figure 21. A synthes<strong>is</strong> view of the magnetospheric causes of the auroral substorm [from Lui, 1991].<br />
made by Lui [1991]. H<strong>is</strong> view <strong>is</strong> presented in Figure 21. tion could occur independently and drive near-Earth<br />
On the left <strong>is</strong> a simplified view of what happens in the conditions into an unstable state (or it may not have<br />
aurora as each magnetospheric process (shown on the sufficient strength to do so). Either of these scenarios in<br />
right) becomes active. Kropotkin [1972] initially pro- turn might affect the tail flanks of the magnetosphere<br />
posed that a rarefaction wave propagated tailward after and trigger d<strong>is</strong>turbances in the high-latitude dawn and<br />
the development of a flute instability in the near-Earth dusk ionospheric sectors. Solar wind conditions, on the<br />
tail. He suggested that the tailward propagation of th<strong>is</strong> other hand, can drive d<strong>is</strong>turbances directly there (and on<br />
wave might instigate reconnection in the tail. Th<strong>is</strong> con- the dayside magnetopause) and cause "growth" phase<br />
cept was later adopted by Chao et al. [1977] to explain activity to appear at various times. Th<strong>is</strong> directly driven<br />
plasma sheet thinning. Th<strong>is</strong> later became a key ingredi- activity in turn can create conditions appropriate for new<br />
ent of the synthes<strong>is</strong> model put forth by Lui [1991]. activations. Some of these possible modular cycles are<br />
The modular view of the substorm would modify th<strong>is</strong> d<strong>is</strong>cussed along with their ionospheric signatures in the<br />
model such that different portions of the magnetosphere next section.<br />
could become active independently of the near-Earth On the bas<strong>is</strong> of th<strong>is</strong> modular concept and of a knowlinstability.<br />
Further, a near-Earth instability may not be edge of how the aurora relates to the magnetosphere,<br />
sufficient to trigger a rarefaction wave that moves all the the various substorm models can be evaluated and<br />
way down the tail, or else conditions may not be correct placed in context. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> done below for each of the<br />
for it to invoke reconnection. Alternatively, reconnec- major substorm models.
214 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
4.1. Near-Earth Onset Models<br />
ents necessary to trigger onset. They also demonstrated<br />
These models involve a diversion of the cross-tail that wavelengths less than the ion gyroradius were stacurrent<br />
at the inner edge of the central plasma sheet ble. Th<strong>is</strong> latter result was found to be cons<strong>is</strong>tent with the<br />
which <strong>is</strong> associated with some plasma instability. Th<strong>is</strong> sharp cutoff in AAF mode numbers associated with<br />
idea dates back at least to work by Atkinson [1967] and substorm onset (see Figure 11). Ivanov et al. [1992] have<br />
has been revived numerous times over the years [Hoff- extended th<strong>is</strong> analys<strong>is</strong> to the ballooning instability with a<br />
man and Burch, 1973; Lui, 1991]. The current d<strong>is</strong>ruption finite plasma [3. Vetoul<strong>is</strong> and Chan [1994] have detercan<br />
also occur through what has been termed a "current mined that Alfven-ballooning modes are likely to have<br />
sheet catastrophe" [Burkhart et al., 1992]. Tearing modes mode number for peak growth of about 100. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong><br />
instigated near the Earth, as proposed by Buchner and almost exactly the mode numbers found observationally<br />
Zelenyi [1987], have been supported by the near-Earth just prior to onset (Figure 11). Th<strong>is</strong> combined with the<br />
field configuration found by Pulkkinen et al. [1991a, observations that AAFs brighten along with onset make<br />
1992] at the end of growth phase.<br />
th<strong>is</strong> instability a strong contender for actively participat-<br />
Local onset models. Some researchers view the ing in some forms of auroral breakup. Shear flow Alfven<br />
current d<strong>is</strong>ruption region to be a turbulent area with ballooning may also play a role in the undulations seen<br />
localized (< 1 Rœ) structure [Lui et al., 1988]. The non- at the equatorward edge of the diffuse oval [Vigas and<br />
local nature of the onset region as seen from the ground Madden, 1986].<br />
in AAF events implies that a more global mechan<strong>is</strong>m<br />
must also be active [Elphinstone et al., 1995a]. Th<strong>is</strong><br />
supports the view that if a small-scale local process <strong>is</strong><br />
4.2. Boundary Layer Models<br />
involved in the breakup mechan<strong>is</strong>m, then it must be fed LLBL model. The model by Rostoker and Eastman<br />
by a larger magnetotail instability [Hesse and Bim, 1993] [1987] has inherent in it the topological connection<br />
or the microinstability must somehow trigger the other between the LLBL and the PSBL (see their Figure 3).<br />
larger-scale one.<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> model <strong>is</strong> the least developed of the substorm mod-<br />
Cross-field current instabilities. Lui et al. [1991] els and invokes the KHI as the governing mechan<strong>is</strong>m for<br />
suggested that a cross-field current instability <strong>is</strong> respon- substorm onset. According to th<strong>is</strong> scheme, the low-alt<strong>is</strong>ible<br />
for auroral breakup. As noted, there may be more tude boundary plasma sheet (BPS) and central plasma<br />
than one mechan<strong>is</strong>m involved. Th<strong>is</strong> may be a candidate sheet (CPS) precipitation signatures correctly identify<br />
for certain forms of near-Earth onsets, although it can their high-altitude counterparts [Eastman et al., 1988].<br />
only play a partial role for AAF-type onsets, since these Most researchers now agree that th<strong>is</strong> cannot be the case.<br />
events almost certainly also involve a more large-scale In th<strong>is</strong> model the KHI serves as the mechan<strong>is</strong>m to<br />
(probably MHD) wave instability. The association of the produce the vortex streets seen in auroral data. As noted<br />
main UV oval (and hence the breakup arc) with the peak by Lysak et al. [1995] and Elphinstone et al. [1993a], the<br />
in the cross-tail current [Elphinstone et al., 1991b] lends sense of auroral spirals <strong>is</strong> opposite to the sense found in<br />
some support to th<strong>is</strong> model.<br />
the KHI flow but cons<strong>is</strong>tent with the sense found in the<br />
MHD instabilities: Ballooning, flute, interchange in- magnetic shear of an upward field-aligned current. Since<br />
stabilities. Roux et al. [1991a, b] were the first re- magnetic shear can stabilize the KHI, one must be<br />
searchers to show observations which indicated the bal- careful in attributing too much correspondence between<br />
looning instability may be important for auroral the ex<strong>is</strong>tence of auroral spirals and the vortex streets in<br />
breakup. Ullaland et al. [1993] have attributed an auroral a KHI.<br />
breakup related to a sudden commencement as being Further, N<strong>is</strong>hida et al. [1988] have shown that the<br />
due to a ballooning instability. Controversy does ex<strong>is</strong>t as PSBL <strong>is</strong> not a d<strong>is</strong>tinct entity in which similar events<br />
to whether th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> a viable mechan<strong>is</strong>m. Ohtani and could be found in both the near Earth and more d<strong>is</strong>tant<br />
Tamao [1993] argue that previous evidence for balloon- tail. Th<strong>is</strong> view supports the mapping shown in Plate 6, in<br />
ing has not taken into account plasma compressibility. which the d<strong>is</strong>turbance involves a large region of the tail<br />
Chan et al. [1994] on theoretical grounds showed that (the active plasma sheet) and not just the PSBL.<br />
ballooning might occur when Pñ > 2Pll. Lui et al. [1992] Mapping considerations imply that the KHI may be<br />
showed that observationally just prior to d<strong>is</strong>ruption the important in the dawn and dusk sectors and may play an<br />
total particle pressure <strong>is</strong> either <strong>is</strong>otropic or Pñ > Pll' essential role in the understanding of fan arcs and those<br />
Ullaland et al. [1993] and Dagl<strong>is</strong> et al. [1991] have found polar arcs which are extensions of the auroral oval. Th<strong>is</strong><br />
the opposite to be the case, although one must be careful implies that while the KHI may play an interesting role<br />
to evaluate when the observations took place relative to in the evolution of auroral patterns, it <strong>is</strong> unlikely to play<br />
the exact time of onset.<br />
an important role in understanding nightside auroral<br />
Iranov and Pokhotelov [1987] showed that it was eas- activations.<br />
ier to trigger the flute instability when there ex<strong>is</strong>t field- Surface waves in the outer plasma sheet. Surface<br />
aligned currents which have associated with them azi- waves observed at high altitude at the boundary between<br />
muthal pressure gradients in the equatorial plane. These the lobe and plasma sheet close to the time the plasma<br />
gradients ease conditions on the radial pressure gradi- sheet recovers [Forbes et al., 1981] may be related to the
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 215<br />
spirals and poleward undulations seen at th<strong>is</strong> time (see<br />
Figure 12a, bottom right, and Figure 12b, left).<br />
4.4. Reconnection<br />
4.3. Ionospheric Contributions<br />
The most poleward arc system and reconnection.<br />
Many events supposedly occurring in the aurora have<br />
Dagl<strong>is</strong> et al. [1990, 1991, 1994] have presented evi- been interpreted as the signature of reconnection (e.g.,<br />
dence that during growth phase the ionosphere may play the poleward leap of the aurora [Hones et al., 1985] and<br />
an active role in preconditioning the magnetosphere for the splitting of an arc as the bulge develops [Atkinson et<br />
an onset event. Upwelling of O * from the ionosphere al., 1989; Atkinson, 1992]). The development of the<br />
may result in cigarlike pitch angle d<strong>is</strong>tributions of ener- double oval independently from the substorm bulge supgetic<br />
ions in the near-Earth region. The associated ports a developing neutral line tailward of 30 Re [Elan<strong>is</strong>otropic<br />
pressure d<strong>is</strong>tribution could then lead to an phinstone et al., 1995c]. The associated spirals and unenhanced<br />
cross-tail current. As Clad<strong>is</strong> and Franc<strong>is</strong> [1992] dulations at th<strong>is</strong> time are cons<strong>is</strong>tent with th<strong>is</strong> view. In<br />
and Dagl<strong>is</strong> andAxford [1996] have suggested, th<strong>is</strong> implies some cases these are known to occur just as the plasma<br />
that the ionosphere can play an active role in magneto- sheet recovers, and we have seen that these can occur in<br />
tail dynamics as well as provide a source for ions. Persson association with fast bulk flows in the PSBL. Associating<br />
et al. [1994] found supporting evidence for th<strong>is</strong> by ob- these events and the streamers with reconnection would<br />
serving ion outflow close to the moment of onset on the imply that reconnection <strong>is</strong> not steady but occurs in<br />
breakup arc itself.<br />
bursts. We also know that th<strong>is</strong> most poleward system<br />
Conductivity may also play a role, as noted byAkasofu has, at least sometimes, a magnetospheric source tailand<br />
Kan [1982]. Conductivity may influence where an ward of 30 Re. Therefore we also have a possible<br />
onset occurs and could help explain the local time asymlocation<br />
in the tail for th<strong>is</strong> activity. The results of Slavin<br />
metry which places onset in the premidnight sector and<br />
et al. [1984, 1993] which show traveling compression<br />
at the west edge of AAF events [Elphinstone et al.,<br />
regions appearing in the deep tail 10-30 min after sub-<br />
1995a]. Elphinstone et al. [1992] worked with the assump- storm onset are not incons<strong>is</strong>tent with the view that<br />
tion that precipitation giving r<strong>is</strong>e to ionospheric conducreconnection<br />
and the resulting plasmoid are sometimes<br />
tivity can be regulated by the partial filling of loss cones<br />
initiated shortly after onset. Perhaps these tail events are<br />
due to pitch angle scattering of particles near the peak in<br />
more closely tied to the intensifications on the most<br />
the cross-tail current. The Earth's internal magnetic field<br />
poleward system of the double-oval d<strong>is</strong>tribution rather<br />
has asymmetries which modify the precipitation maps.<br />
than onset itself.<br />
These patterns show peak precipitation at different local<br />
times as a function of universal time. These results<br />
Near-Earth neutral line model. Some versions of<br />
th<strong>is</strong> model tie auroral breakup closely to the last closed<br />
agreed with actual observations of onset. Th<strong>is</strong> work<br />
demonstrated that there may be local time asymmetries<br />
field line reconnecting. These are clearly not correct on<br />
the bas<strong>is</strong> of observations of the onset taking place on the<br />
to onset (and the substorm bulge) which depend on the<br />
Earth's internal field.<br />
main UV oval during a double-oval configuration. Some<br />
versions of th<strong>is</strong> model, however, have reconnection ini-<br />
PiB pulsations are associated with onset, and their<br />
cause may also play a role in conditioning the iono- tiated within the closed field line region [e.g., Baker and<br />
sphere. In th<strong>is</strong> context, Lysak et al. [1992] has investi- McPherron, 1990, and references therein]. On the bas<strong>is</strong><br />
gated a resonant cavity between the ionosphere and a of auroral data during active intervals there must be a<br />
point along the field lines where the Alfven speed peaks. time period of about 4-15 min after onset before the last<br />
It <strong>is</strong> clear that the coupling between the ionosphere and closed field line reconnects. Th<strong>is</strong> progression of the<br />
magnetosphere <strong>is</strong> important. <strong>What</strong> <strong>is</strong> not so clear <strong>is</strong> bulge from the main oval to the poleward portion of the<br />
whether the ionosphere plays a direct role in causing double oval has been reported many times [Sergeev and<br />
auroral breakup. Hesse and Bim [1991] argue that the Yahnin, 1979; Elphinstone et al., 1991a; Murphree and<br />
ionosphere only changes timescales but does not alter Cogger, 1992; Cogger and Elphinstone, 1992; Elphinstone<br />
the qualitative pattern which <strong>is</strong> driven by reconnection in and Heam, 1993; Gazey et al., 1995]. We also know that<br />
the magnetotail. Raeder et al. [1996], on the other hand, th<strong>is</strong> time progression appears to depend on the level of<br />
show that ionospheric conductivity may be fundamental activity. That <strong>is</strong>, high activity implies a short time interval<br />
to understanding tail dynamics.<br />
for the reconnection to reach the last closed field line<br />
Kan et al. [1988], Kan [1993], and Kan and Sun [1985] (5-15 min), whereas low activity implies a longer time<br />
take the opposite view and propose a model in which the interval (15-30 min).<br />
magnetosphere plays a relatively minor role. It <strong>is</strong> not It <strong>is</strong> clear, however, that the arrival of the bulge at th<strong>is</strong><br />
likely that the magnetosphere remains a completely pas- boundary frequently has very specific and clear auroral<br />
sive player in the process. Nevertheless, the success of signatures [Elphinstone and Heam, 1993; Cogger and<br />
their simulations in reproducing the substorm bulge <strong>is</strong> Elphinstone, 1992; Elphinstone et al., 1995c]. It may be<br />
quite impressive. It has demonstrated very well the need that th<strong>is</strong> later auroral signature <strong>is</strong> the event associated<br />
to take into account the dynamics of Alfven wave cou- with the last closed field line reconnecting. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> not<br />
pling to the ionosphere.<br />
incons<strong>is</strong>tent with high time resolution data which have
216 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
put the plasma sheet dropout 4.5 min after onset [Hones<br />
et al., 1986].<br />
Baker et al. [1993] propose that these types of auroral<br />
12<br />
observations can be explained by a coupling between the<br />
reconnection regions and the near-Earth region. We<br />
have seen that there can be some coupling from the<br />
outer tail to the inner for some events, but it <strong>is</strong> clear even<br />
for those events that the nearer-Earth onset (AAF type)<br />
<strong>is</strong> attributable to a separate instability.<br />
1<br />
3<br />
Birn and Hesse [1994] showed that an increase of<br />
about a factor of 3 for B z from midnight to the flanks<br />
may suppress the res<strong>is</strong>tive tearing instability. Th<strong>is</strong> may<br />
an important result when mapping <strong>is</strong> considered. From<br />
mapping we know that strong Bz along the flanks of the<br />
magnetotail <strong>is</strong> probably associated with closed field lines<br />
extending to high latitude at dawn and/or dusk in the<br />
18<br />
-:?. ':øøo 06<br />
ionosphere. Th<strong>is</strong> implies the ex<strong>is</strong>tence of polar arcs at a<br />
time when res<strong>is</strong>tive tearing <strong>is</strong> suppressed. The d<strong>is</strong>appearance<br />
of polar arcs prior to onset (which <strong>is</strong> sometimes<br />
5<br />
O0<br />
6<br />
observed) may be evidence that B <strong>is</strong> decreasing along<br />
the flanks of the tail (see mapping section above). If th<strong>is</strong><br />
were the case, then th<strong>is</strong> would support the view that<br />
when B <strong>is</strong> decreased, one might expect the magneto-<br />
Figure 22. A schematic view of the active auroral modules<br />
and some possible associated mechan<strong>is</strong>ms. The auroral modules<br />
shown are as follows: 1, dayside spirals; 2, detached arc; 3,<br />
pulsating aurora; 4, fan arcs and polar arcs; 5, equatorward<br />
sphere to be in a better state to initiate the res<strong>is</strong>tive undulations; 6, AAFs; 7, double oval spirals; 8, streamer; and<br />
tearing instability.<br />
9, polar arc/stationary surge. The corresponding possible associated<br />
mechan<strong>is</strong>ms are as follows: 1, upward field-aligned current<br />
instability (dayside boundary layer); 2, Pc 5 resonance<br />
5. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS<br />
(cavity mode or ring current instability) pitch angle diffusion?;<br />
3, VLF wave instability?; 4, broadband compressional waves<br />
and resonances?, KHI?; 5, shear flow Alfven ballooning?; 6,<br />
An overview of active auroral modules has been preballooning<br />
with azimuthal pressure gradients or an<strong>is</strong>otropic<br />
sented to aid magnetospheric substorm researchers in<br />
pressure; 7, upward field-aligned current instability (fast flow<br />
identifying events which may be applicable to their par- in PSBL)?; 8, bursty bulk flows in CPS?; and 9, d<strong>is</strong>turbance in<br />
ticular data sets. Figure 22 <strong>is</strong> a schematic representation flanks of tail?<br />
of a few of the auroral signatures associated with various<br />
modules. These have been superimposed on a single<br />
diagram for brevity. Tables 1 and 2 summarize many of ical studies have the drawback that processes tend to be<br />
the principle points of th<strong>is</strong> paper by l<strong>is</strong>ting the modular put to the side in the effort to accurately describe the<br />
elements. The tables are a first attempt at associating system. In general, however, researchers have some coneach<br />
module with a process, its signature in the aurora, cept of how a particular auroral form relates to a magits<br />
source in the magnetosphere, and its coupling with netospheric process and how th<strong>is</strong> process has links back<br />
other modules. The tentative associations made here into the solar wind and to preconditioning by other<br />
presumably will be tested and explored in the future. In means. These ideas provide a starting point from which<br />
th<strong>is</strong> section we expand our view to try and understand theories can be developed and substantiated.<br />
the underlying processes involved in these modules and Th<strong>is</strong> section <strong>is</strong> based on work described in the modhow<br />
various cycles of activity ar<strong>is</strong>e.<br />
ules and mapping sections above, and so the reader<br />
should refer there for references and details. The fol-<br />
5.1. Processes and Cycles Within the Modular View lowing represents a synthes<strong>is</strong> of the observations and<br />
Many of the figures in th<strong>is</strong> paper (Figures la, lb, 2, 9, modeling efforts described above and illustrates the use-<br />
12a, 12b, 14, and 22) illustrate a problem which <strong>is</strong> faced fulness of the modular concept in "building" one's own<br />
by most researchers involved in phenomenological stud- substorm. The examples presented below are specific<br />
ies of two-dimensional time-dependent "qualitative" instances of a much broader set of possibilities. As such,<br />
data. The data are generally too complex and varied to they should not be considered as "canonical" descripbe<br />
presented by themselves, and so schematics are de- tions of auroral activity cycles but rather as examples of<br />
v<strong>is</strong>ed to give the "essence" of the data from the re- the possible interactions allowed (and known to ex<strong>is</strong>t<br />
searcher's view. Th<strong>is</strong> can be very useful, but in the case phenomenologically) within th<strong>is</strong> complex system.<br />
of the aurora, even relatively simple events become The left schematic of Figure 23a illustrates the prodifficult<br />
to characterize in a way that illustrates the cess/module correspondence for a general case. A modimportant<br />
parts of the scheme. Further, phenomenolog- ule can be thought of as a magnetospheric process which
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 21 7<br />
TABLE 1. Primary Modules<br />
<strong>Auroral</strong> Possible<br />
Module Module Mechan<strong>is</strong>m<br />
1 Intensification<br />
la Main UV oval onset<br />
lb Eastward propagation of<br />
arc brightening<br />
lc Poleward oval onset<br />
ld Intensification near the<br />
foot of polar arc<br />
2 Bulge<br />
3 Dayside patterns<br />
3a Fan arcs<br />
3b Day-night split<br />
3c 1400 MLT spirals<br />
3d Impulsive low-latitude<br />
form<br />
3e FTE-like<br />
4 Position and width changes to<br />
oval<br />
near-Earth<br />
instability<br />
reconnection<br />
reconnection/fast<br />
flow in PSBL<br />
convective changes<br />
tailward propagating<br />
rarefaction wave<br />
and/or reconnec-<br />
tion, SCW<br />
near-Earth<br />
Magnetospheric<br />
Source Types of Coupling<br />
in dusk sector and at<br />
intermediate d<strong>is</strong>tance<br />
PSBL or separatrix<br />
intersection of cross-tail<br />
current and tail LLBL<br />
all of midnight plasma<br />
sheet and/or<br />
topological<br />
reconfiguration of<br />
magnetosphere<br />
5 Double oval tail boundary regions PSBL (midnight) and<br />
become active<br />
usually when<br />
plasma sheet<br />
has recovered<br />
LLBL (dawn/dusk)<br />
6 Changes to polar arcs<br />
6a Dawn-dusk-expanded ovals KHI on flanks of tail tail flanks with large B z<br />
6b Polar arcs out of bulge either same as (a) or<br />
effect in tail lobe<br />
tail lobe<br />
if no coupling ex<strong>is</strong>ts to other<br />
modules, then these are pseu-<br />
do breakups<br />
from inner to outer regions of<br />
magnetosphere<br />
KHI or broadband morning sector part of directly driven signatures of<br />
compressional dayside magnetosphere solar wind changes; can also<br />
waves coupling and along the flank of be coupled to changes into<br />
Alfven waves<br />
tail<br />
duced from other modules<br />
decoupling of dayside and nightside affecting these regions<br />
dayside/nightside<br />
generators<br />
boundary layers<br />
upward field-aligned<br />
current generator<br />
dayside boundary layer<br />
KHI with Alfven near subsolar dayside<br />
transit time effects boundary layer<br />
reconnection or KHI dayside magnetopause<br />
temporal changes to dependent on locations dependent on how the<br />
magnetospheric<br />
magnetospheric currents are<br />
topology; strongly<br />
altered; th<strong>is</strong> can be desolar<br />
wind<br />
termined by other modules<br />
controlled<br />
and also determine whether<br />
other modules become active<br />
can affect most other modular<br />
development<br />
can affect convection and cause<br />
polar arc intensification<br />
(type ld); IMF Bz related<br />
See section 5 for more information. PSBL, plasma sheet boundary layer; LLBL, low-latitude boundary layer; SCW, substorm current wedge;<br />
KHI, Kelvin-Helmholtz instability; FTE, flux transfer event.<br />
<strong>is</strong> operating owing to some variation in the solar wind. and the traversing arc may be the alternative ionospheric<br />
Whether or not these variations result in the module signature.<br />
becoming active will be related to preconditioning of the Proceeding in th<strong>is</strong> spirit, cycles of auroral behavior<br />
magnetosphere-ionosphere system and interactions with can be understood and described within the modular<br />
other processes or modules. Magnetosphere-ionosphere flamework. For th<strong>is</strong>, a symbolic representation of the<br />
coupling determines how th<strong>is</strong> process appears in the modularization will be adopted. Throughout Figures<br />
ionosphere: as aurora, field-aligned currents, convec- 23a-23c three symbols are used to describe different<br />
tion, etc. Thus, while we started th<strong>is</strong> modular concept levels of modular elements. Circles represent primary<br />
from a phenomenological view, one could just as easily modules (PM), and squares represent secondary moddevelop<br />
new modules based on a cycle one expects in the ules (SM). Within these are numbers from Tables 1 and<br />
magnetosphere and make a prediction of the result in 2 stating which module <strong>is</strong> involved. Hexagons will repthe<br />
ionosphere. The prediction of the poleward leap of resent some composite form (CM) of modular elements<br />
the aurora from the near-Earth neutral line model <strong>is</strong> an (i.e., a macro or cycle or phase) which occurs frequently<br />
example of just such a reasoning. While th<strong>is</strong> prediction enough to warrant a definition. Bidirectional arrows<br />
did not turn out to be entirely true, the splitting of arcs indicate some type of feedback, switching between
218 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
TABLE 2. Secondary Modules<br />
<strong>Auroral</strong> Possible Magnetospheric<br />
Module Module Mechan<strong>is</strong>m Source Types of Coupling<br />
1 Traversing arc reconnection of last<br />
closed field line and<br />
also M-I coupling<br />
2 Detached arc pitch angle diffusion and<br />
possibly cavity mode<br />
resonance<br />
3 Splitting arc reconnection or M-I<br />
coupling effect<br />
4 Spirals Field-aligned current<br />
instability<br />
5 Curls Electric field instability<br />
6 Streamers Fast flows in central<br />
plasma sheet<br />
near separatrix<br />
dusk ring current<br />
region<br />
neutral line M-I<br />
coupling<br />
nearly any location<br />
associated with<br />
auroral arcs<br />
nearly any location<br />
associated with<br />
auroral arcs<br />
central plasma sheet<br />
7 Pulsating aurora VLF activity and pitch near-Earth<br />
angle diffusion<br />
8 Omega bands<br />
9 AAFs<br />
10 Undulations<br />
flute, ballooning energetic near-Earth morning<br />
drifting electrons sector<br />
Ballooning with azimuthal near-Earth<br />
pressure gradients or (usually morning)<br />
pressure an<strong>is</strong>otropies<br />
shear flow Alfven near-Earth<br />
ballooning<br />
can initiate streamers<br />
couples to dayside spirals<br />
can initiate streamers and type l d<br />
onsets; these couple to form bulge<br />
when th<strong>is</strong> occurs at the west tip of<br />
the bulge it <strong>is</strong> the WTS; it <strong>is</strong> primary<br />
signature of type lc onsets<br />
not known<br />
couples to 1, 3, 4, and 7 secondary<br />
modules; outer to inner tail<br />
coupling<br />
couples to 6, 8, and 9 secondary<br />
modules; relation to onset not yet<br />
known<br />
possible coupling to AAF main UV<br />
onsets and to module 7, above<br />
<strong>is</strong> the dominant form of onset type<br />
l a; may couple with modules 4, 7,<br />
and 8, above<br />
not known<br />
11 Stationary surge partially related to spirals; most of dusk sector couples near-Earth and deep-tail<br />
may be related to tail regions<br />
12<br />
waveguide resonances<br />
Latitudinally propagating Alfven waves coupling to central plasma sheet couples inner and outer regions of<br />
arcs propagating source tail<br />
See section 5 for more information. M-I, magnetosphere-ionosphere; WTS, westward traveling surge; AAF, azimuthally spaced auroral form.<br />
states, or the states ex<strong>is</strong>ting at the same time. Unidirectional<br />
arrows give a sense of temporal development.<br />
Under th<strong>is</strong> representation, classical expansion and<br />
recovery phases can be described by the two macros<br />
given in the bottom right schematic of Figure 23a, and<br />
the entire traditional auroral substorm cycle can be<br />
drawn simply, as in the top right schematic of Figure 23a.<br />
In th<strong>is</strong> view, we obtain the phenomenological picture of<br />
the substorm. Th<strong>is</strong> begins with the change in polar arcs<br />
(primary module 6, or PM-6) followed by an onset<br />
(PM-la), then a bulge (PM-2), omega bands (SM-8),<br />
and pulsating aurora (SM-7). The recovery phase <strong>is</strong><br />
characterized primarily by a continuation of omega<br />
bands and pulsating aurora and a gradual "recovery" of<br />
the position and width of the oval to a quiet time<br />
configuration (PM-4). Equatorward drifting arcs are also<br />
seen during th<strong>is</strong> time (SM-12).<br />
Referring to Tables 1 and 2, processes can be identified<br />
with each of the above phenomenological descriptions,<br />
and from these a simplified process-driven expla-<br />
nation of the substorm <strong>is</strong> evident. As one thinks about<br />
th<strong>is</strong>, it becomes clear that other cycles of activity are<br />
quite likely. For example, a very developed growth phase<br />
(denoted by CM-G and shown in the top left of Figure<br />
23b) could logically occur as follows (note that individual<br />
portions of th<strong>is</strong> scheme do not have to necessarily occur):<br />
IMF Bz changes from positive to negative and<br />
loads the magnetotail with magnetic flux via reconnection<br />
on the dayside magnetopause (PM-4 and PM-3e).<br />
Initially, as a result of th<strong>is</strong>, the dayside and nightside<br />
generators of field-aligned current may become decoupled<br />
(PM-3b). The dayside reconnection in turn enhances<br />
the cross-tail current and reconfigures the magnetosphere<br />
so that Bz <strong>is</strong> no longer large along the flanks<br />
of the magnetotail (PM-6). Solar wind pressure changes<br />
could also occur driving KHI in the boundary layers<br />
(PM-6; PM-3a, c, d), and delivering compressional wave<br />
energy into the magnetosphere. Depending on ionospheric<br />
conditions, th<strong>is</strong> might couple to Alfven waves<br />
(PM-3a) or even to a cavity mode resonance (SM-2).<br />
These changes (in a variety of ways) could initiate a<br />
tearing instability and reconnection in the midtail and<br />
deep-tail regions (PM-lb, c) and/or trigger a near-Earth<br />
instability (PM-la) such as ballooning (SM-9). The<br />
deeper-tail events might then couple to near-Earth activity<br />
possibly resulting in coupling signatures in the<br />
ionosphere (SM-12).<br />
These types of events would be pseudobreakups and
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 219<br />
INTERACTIONS<br />
AND<br />
PRECONDITIONING<br />
VIA OTHER<br />
MODULF.<br />
$OKS, R<br />
VARIATIONS<br />
SHOCK Bow<br />
MAGNETOSPHERIC<br />
PROCESS<br />
M-I COUPLING MODULE<br />
1ONOSPHERIC<br />
SIGNATURF, S<br />
MODULE #<br />
O -Primary<br />
-Secondary<br />
-Macro<br />
TRADITIONAL<br />
AURORAL SUBSTORM<br />
E= EXPANSION PHASE R=RECOVERY PHASE<br />
Figure 23a. Schematic representations of a few magnetospheric activity cycles based on the modular view of<br />
auroral activity. Bidirectional lines represent events which contain feedback, or the time sequence can vary<br />
(the system can flip between the two states). Singly directed lines imply a temporal sequence. Th<strong>is</strong> representation<br />
allows a complex set of events to be described in relatively little space. The left chart illustrates how a<br />
module <strong>is</strong> described equivalently by either its phenomenological aspect or by its underlying process. Which<br />
approach <strong>is</strong> used depends on the application and the level of understanding of the underlying physics. The<br />
bottom right schematics (enclosed by hexagons denoting cycles or partial cycles of activity) show how the<br />
traditional expansion and recovery phases are represented using the modular view. In these schematics, circles<br />
represent the primary modules, and squares the secondary ones (which are indexed according to the numbers<br />
given in Tables 1 and 2). The top right schematic illustrates how the traditional auroral substorm can be<br />
represented using th<strong>is</strong> approach.<br />
could recur unless the instabilities were strong enough to (which are perhaps related to reconnection processes at<br />
affect other regions of the magnetosphere. In such a case the dayside magnetopause) would appear in the dayside<br />
a rev<strong>is</strong>ed expansion phase might result (CM-E1), such as (PM-3e), and a split between the dayside and nightside<br />
that shown in the top right schematic of Figure 23b. Such sectors would occur (PM-3b). Fan arcs (PM-3a) would<br />
a case involves the instability reaching some critical appear first on the dayside and propagate to the nightlevel,<br />
which then results in an expansion phase bulge side accompanied by Pc 5 magnetic pulsations and west-<br />
(CM-E) related to the propagation of a rarefaction wave ward electrojet enhancements. Enhanced upward fielddowntail<br />
(PM-2). While a sufficient level of growth ac- aligned currents in the 1400 MLT sector would cause<br />
tivity will presumably trigger a substorm, lower levels will spirals to appear (PM-3c), and if Alfven transit times<br />
result in the growth cycle to appear <strong>is</strong>olated from an were appropriate, a low-latitude impulsive feature might<br />
expansion phase.<br />
appear (PM-3d). As the auroral d<strong>is</strong>turbances reach the<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> sequence of events (CM-G and CM-E1 in the nightside ionosphere, several things are possible. Intentop<br />
of Figure 23b) under appropriate conditions for the sifications could form near the open-closed field line<br />
M-I coupling to occur would have its auroral counter- boundary (PM-lc), an eastward propagating activation<br />
parts as follows (assuming, of course, that the mecha- might appear (PM-lb), or an onset from the main UV<br />
n<strong>is</strong>ms chosen in Tables 1 and 2 have the corresponding oval could occur (PM-la). If the coupling to the ionosignatures):<br />
Polar arcs would fade (PM-6), convection sphere was appropriate in the latter case, AAFs could<br />
would be enhanced, and the oval would move equator- occur (SM-9), and equatorward propagating arcs might<br />
ward (PM-4). Flux transfer event (FTE) candidates move toward th<strong>is</strong> inner region (SM-12).
220 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
G=Full Growth<br />
DO= Double Oval<br />
PSBL= Poleward oval activity<br />
\/<br />
Fq<br />
El= Rev<strong>is</strong>ed full expansion phase<br />
CO= Coupled ovals<br />
Figure 23b. Schematic representations of a few magnetospheric activity cycles based on the modular view<br />
of auroral activity. Shown are five "macro" elements (abbreviated G, DO, PSBL, El, and CO) which are<br />
observed to occur in the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution. See Figure 23a caption for additional information.<br />
The rev<strong>is</strong>ed expansion phase (CM-E1) shown in the trons into the ring current region, as well as enhanced<br />
top right of Figure 23b involves several additional second- convection in the inner magnetosphere, could initiate<br />
ary modules but also includes the possibility of an impor- the shear flow ballooning instability and wavelike ripples<br />
tant temporal progression beginning with an AAF activa- near the equatorward edge of the diffuse aurora (SMtion<br />
(SM-9: implying a wave instability ex<strong>is</strong>ting just prior to 10). These particles could also precipitate in the afteronset)<br />
and a traversing arc (SM-i: implying reconnection noon sector to form diffuse aurora far from the regular<br />
or a d<strong>is</strong>turbance reaching the open-closed field line bound- auroral oval (SM-2). The mechan<strong>is</strong>m for the formation<br />
ary) as the bulge reaches its most poleward extent. It also of a stationary surge (SM-11) <strong>is</strong> so ill defined, it <strong>is</strong><br />
includes the possibility of polar arcs intensifying directly perhaps best to just mention that the process involves<br />
out of the substorm bulge (PM-6) which indicates an in- most of the duskside plasma sheet and must couple in<br />
teresting coupling between substorm and polar arc phe- some manner the near-Earth region to the deeper tail.<br />
nomena which has previously not been recognized. When the tail boundary regions are active (PM-5),<br />
Immediately below the diagram for full growth phase one might expect reconnection to play a role in the<br />
in Figure 23a <strong>is</strong> one illustrating a common pattern which substorm dynamics (SM-3). Th<strong>is</strong> reconnection process in<br />
frequently forms late in a substorm cycle (CM-DO). At turn may drive bursty bulk flows in the central plasma<br />
the time when the oval <strong>is</strong> in a state of recovery (CM-R, sheet (SM-6) and field-aligned currents (SM-4). Th<strong>is</strong><br />
from Figure 23a), a double oval tends to develop (PM- combination of modules <strong>is</strong> diagramed in the bottom left<br />
5). Along with th<strong>is</strong> feature, undulations (SM-10), curls schematic of Figure 23b (CM-PSBL). The auroral equiv-<br />
(SM-5), and detached arcs can appear (SM-2). Station- alent (seen schematically in the bottom right of Figure<br />
ary surges can form out of the most poleward system 12b) would be the periodic auroral arc splitting (SM-3)<br />
(SM-11).<br />
on the most poleward arc of a double oval (PM-5), which<br />
In a process-based description, the tail boundary lay- <strong>is</strong> frequently followed by an auroral streamer (SM-6),<br />
ers (both the LLBL and the PSBL) become active in and auroral spirals (SM-4).<br />
response to the magnetotail reconfiguring itself as a While the above cycle (CM-PSBL) <strong>is</strong> very common, it<br />
d<strong>is</strong>turbance leaves the tail (PM-5). The strong electric only occasionally results in a substorm onset (PM-la) if<br />
fields give r<strong>is</strong>e to instabilities from which the auroral the bursty bulk flows trigger a near-Earth instability such<br />
curls ar<strong>is</strong>e (SM-5). Injection of energetic ions and elec- as ballooning (SM-9). Th<strong>is</strong> may be linked to the devel-
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 221<br />
also help researchers understand the so-called steady<br />
magnetospheric convection events as being controlled by<br />
smaller cycles such as CM-PSBL events. Th<strong>is</strong> modular<br />
view also helps avoid semantic difficulties about what <strong>is</strong><br />
an onset event and what <strong>is</strong> not and makes it clear that<br />
auroral activity cycles are h<strong>is</strong>tory dependent. Th<strong>is</strong> has<br />
previously not been adequately taken into account and<br />
has led to m<strong>is</strong>taken interpretations of the timing of some<br />
magnetospheric events (such as plasma sheet recovery)<br />
relative to some auroral activations.<br />
5.2. Questions for the Future<br />
POSSIBLE GLOBAL AURORAL SUBSTORM<br />
A stereotyped auroral substorm <strong>is</strong>olated and ex<strong>is</strong>ting<br />
by itself <strong>is</strong> a rare and unlikely event. Cases which enter<br />
Figure 23c. Schematic representations of a few magnetospheric<br />
activity cycles based on the modular view of auroral<br />
activity. Shown <strong>is</strong> an idealized "substorm event" which illustrates<br />
the types of activations which occur and some of the<br />
more obvious cycles which have been observed, Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> meant<br />
as an illustration of the modular representation rather than as<br />
a canonical "auroral substorm." See Figure 23a caption for<br />
the grey area of events which do not conform with the<br />
global development expected from the classical auroral<br />
substorm are more likely. Our understanding both of the<br />
patterns and the processes involved in the aurora have<br />
evolved such that new descriptions of active auroral<br />
phenomena have become necessary. <strong>Auroral</strong> activity inadditional<br />
information.<br />
volves cycles of development which deserve to be analyzed<br />
separately in order to better understand the underlying<br />
magnetospheric processes.<br />
opment of pulsating aurora from streamers (SM-7). Th<strong>is</strong> Researchers can now ask <strong>quest</strong>ions different than<br />
tail-to-near-Earth onset coupling <strong>is</strong> diagramed in the "Did we observe a global auroral substorm onset?" and<br />
bottom of Figure 23b (CM-CO), and a prime observa- enquire into what type of onset module was seen and<br />
tional example of th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> given in Plate 4.<br />
whether th<strong>is</strong> module triggered larger, more global cycles<br />
With the above introduction, one can construct pos- of activity: If so, why? If not, why? Th<strong>is</strong> new view could<br />
sible generic auroral substorm scenarios which could not be reflected in future studies concerning magnetospheric<br />
easily be sketched or described in detail by other means. phenomena. Future simulations should be able to in-<br />
Figure 23c <strong>is</strong> a view of just one possible complex cycle clude the ionosphere as a key element in their developbuilt<br />
up from modules coupling together in prescribed ment so that the links between the auroral and magneways.<br />
Here we see elements of the traditional substorm tospheric substorm can be further understood. We shall<br />
scheme but now fundamentally new activations can oc- end the paper with <strong>quest</strong>ions which hopefully can be<br />
cur at various points in the cycle. In the old flamework, answered more fully after the acqu<strong>is</strong>ition and analys<strong>is</strong> of<br />
one might call these activations or intensifications, but data collected from the future m<strong>is</strong>sions of the Internathey<br />
held little or no special significance. However, some tional Solar Terrestrial Program.<br />
of these can drastically affect the subsequent evolution <strong>What</strong> differences ex<strong>is</strong>t between substorms where only<br />
of the general cycle and determine a proper understand- a few modules occur and ones where many modules are<br />
ing of what drives various activities. For instance, an manifested?<br />
<strong>is</strong>olated cycle of CM-G --> CM-E1 --> CM-DO during <strong>What</strong> specific magnetospheric mechan<strong>is</strong>m can be<br />
quiet times does not give the same information as a identified with each of the auroral patterns?<br />
similar event during which the double oval <strong>is</strong> previously When one cycle of activity has occurred, what <strong>is</strong> the<br />
present. In the latter case, we have the potential oppor- likelihood it will be followed by some other cycle? For<br />
tunity to observe in the ionosphere very clear inner-to- example, if a double oval forms, how often <strong>is</strong> it followed<br />
outer magnetospheric coupling followed by a progres- by PSBL-type cycles or coupled oval cycles? If a particsion<br />
from the outer regions of the magnetosphere to the ular type of onset occurs, how often does it result in<br />
near-Earth region (or vice versa).<br />
bulge formation and why? How often do these in turn<br />
In such a case, growth phase activity may ex<strong>is</strong>t simul- form double oval configurations?<br />
taneously with other activity making the "phase" of the Are PSBL cycles the driving process for steady consubstorm<br />
an ambiguous term. Two onsets may ex<strong>is</strong>t in vection events?<br />
different local time sectors and may have quite different There are many processes/events which do not follow<br />
character. It was these cases of onset before previous field lines and so do not have a simple mapping from the<br />
activity had died away which led researchers to under- ionosphere to the magnetosphere. How important are<br />
stand that substorm onset had a source location in the these, and when do they affect the interpretation of<br />
near-Earth region of the magnetosphere (by knowing ionospheric data?<br />
onset began from the peak in the main UV oval). How often do certain modules occur only in preferred<br />
Th<strong>is</strong> more complex view of auroral activity cycles may cycles? While some do tend to occur at a particular point
222 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
in a larger cycle (e.g., the double-oval module), on <strong>Auroral</strong> oval: A term used to refer to the shape of<br />
occasion they appear without th<strong>is</strong> temporal connection the dominant portion of the auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution. The<br />
(the double oval sometimes appears without a preex<strong>is</strong>t- term originates from stat<strong>is</strong>tical studies in the early 1960s<br />
ing substorm bulge). <strong>What</strong> clues does th<strong>is</strong> give us as to and hence refers primarily to the d<strong>is</strong>tribution of d<strong>is</strong>crete<br />
the auroral module's generation mechan<strong>is</strong>m?<br />
auroras.<br />
<strong>What</strong> criteria determine the direction of the coupling <strong>Auroral</strong> substorm: In its original form [Akasofu,<br />
between the inner and outer magnetosphere? 1964] it designated the auroral activity composed of two<br />
Can substorm onset sometimes be predicted by day- phases called expansion and recovery. Expansion inside<br />
or nightside magnetospheric-ionospheric activity volved poleward motion, and recovery was a return<br />
occurring in the 10-15 min prior to onset (as suggested equatorward to the previous state.<br />
by Figure 5b) ?<br />
<strong>Auroral</strong> zone: Prior to Russian work, primarily by<br />
We know from auroral observations (section 4.4) the Feldstein [1960, 1963], the aurora was believed to ex<strong>is</strong>t<br />
temporal progression of the substorm bulge poleward <strong>is</strong> primarily in a zone of constant magnetic latitude. Daydependent<br />
on the magnetic activity level. Can reconnec- side aurora was believed not to occur frequently as a<br />
tion simulations reproduce th<strong>is</strong> result? <strong>What</strong> causes th<strong>is</strong> result of th<strong>is</strong> m<strong>is</strong>conception.<br />
difference?<br />
Azimuthally spaced auroral form (AAF): Periodi-<br />
Do microinstabilities couple to larger MHD-type in- cally spaced (in longitude) auroral forms frequently seen<br />
stabilities to result in substorm onset?<br />
just prior to auroral breakup. They should, in general, be<br />
<strong>What</strong> other cyclical auroral behavior can be found d<strong>is</strong>tingu<strong>is</strong>hed from spirals, curls, and omega bands, alwhich<br />
will yield clues to underlying processes? though they have been known to change into spirals and<br />
Why do substorms not release their energy all at once can ex<strong>is</strong>t at the same time as omega bands [Elphinstone<br />
but rather through multiple events?<br />
et al., 1995a]. Several of their character<strong>is</strong>tics support that<br />
How do variations in the AL/A U index get translated a ballooning instability in the magnetosphere may be<br />
into the longer-scale variations of the Dst (i.e., which associated with their generation.<br />
particular modules must be active in association with the Breakup: A dynamic change to the aurora which<br />
storm process)?<br />
was known to occur at least as far back as [Stagg, 1937;<br />
<strong>What</strong> <strong>is</strong> the cause of substorm polar arcs (i.e., the Elvey, 1957]. It describes the d<strong>is</strong>order which appears<br />
ones that intensify directly out of the substorm bulge)? when previously quiet arcs get d<strong>is</strong>rupted by an onset of<br />
Are these arcs on open field lines as opposed to the the most equatorward arc system.<br />
more typical expanded oval arc systems?<br />
Bulge: The shape of the poleward moving aurora in<br />
Can auroral indices similar to those described in the the midnight sector during the substorm expansion<br />
introduction be calculated from global auroral data such phase. When the bulge gets larger (usually by its polethat<br />
they can be implemented to run continuously? To ward edge moving poleward), it <strong>is</strong> said to be expanding.<br />
do th<strong>is</strong> would require a continuous global auroral mon- Th<strong>is</strong> has led to the term expansion phase of the auroral<br />
itor.<br />
GLOSSARY<br />
substorm.<br />
Convection in magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) fluids:<br />
The bulk motion of a plasma in MHD. Convection in<br />
ordinary fluids ar<strong>is</strong>es from temperature gradients,<br />
whereas in MHD fluids it ar<strong>is</strong>es from the electric field<br />
Arcs: Definitions for th<strong>is</strong> term vary considerably, being transformed away in the plasma frame of referdepending<br />
on the instrumentation used [see, e.g., Shep- ence. In ideal MHD the magnetic fields are "frozen" to<br />
herd et al., 1988]. We shall use an optical definition such the plasma motion, leading to the idea that magnetic<br />
that an arc <strong>is</strong> the narrowest longitudinally extended field lines can also convect. Field-aligned currents flowauroral<br />
feature that shows spatial or temporal structure ing from the magnetosphere provide a coupling to the<br />
in a given region. A set of arcs occurring together will be ionospheric electric fields and convection. The energy<br />
called an arc system. The typical measured thickness of source for th<strong>is</strong> convection <strong>is</strong> the solar Wind as it flows<br />
an auroral arc <strong>is</strong> about 100 rn [Borovsky et al., 1991]. around the magnetosphere.<br />
<strong>Auroral</strong> indices' These are generally measures of Corrected geomagnetic coordinates (CGM): An<br />
magnetic activity. They include indices associated with ionospheric coordinate system used to order auroral<br />
auroral electrojets (AL for westward, ,4 U for eastward, observations and eliminate the effects of deviations in<br />
and AE for both), the global system (Kp), and ring the Earth's internal magnetic field from a simple dipole<br />
current/magnetospheric storm-related phenomena field. See work by Heam et al. [1993] for a description of<br />
(Ost).<br />
ionospheric coordinate systems used to order geophysi-<br />
<strong>Auroral</strong> modules: A set of auroral patterns ob- cal quantities.<br />
served during active times which can be combined in Cross-tail current: A nightside current near the<br />
series or parallel to construct one instance of activity. Earth's equatorial plane which <strong>is</strong> directed from the dawn<br />
The method in which they get assembled describes how to the dusk sector of the magnetosphere. Th<strong>is</strong> current <strong>is</strong><br />
the global magnetospheric system couples together. associated with the ex<strong>is</strong>tence of the magnetotail.
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 223<br />
Curl: A small-scale (2-10 km) auroral feature Ionosphere: A portion of the atmosphere which <strong>is</strong><br />
which <strong>is</strong> wound up clockw<strong>is</strong>e when viewed in the direc- permanently ionized, primarily owing to photoionization<br />
tion of the magnetic field.<br />
from solar ultraviolet rays and particle precipitation.<br />
Dayside auroral breakup: A term used to describe The low-altitude boundary of th<strong>is</strong> region <strong>is</strong> near 60 km,<br />
intensifications and poleward moving auroral forms on and its high-altitude boundary <strong>is</strong> near 3-4 R e near the<br />
the dayside auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution [e.g., Sandholt et al., 1990]. equator. Three subregions have been named the D layer<br />
Day-night split: A separation (usually in latitude) (below 90 km), the E layer (from 90 to 150 km) and the<br />
which can occur during active times between the after- F layer (above 150 km).<br />
noon and evening auroras.<br />
Detached arc system: A broad arc system which<br />
lies equatorward of the main auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution in the<br />
afternoon and evening sectors.<br />
Diffuse aurora: Generally, a nonstructured auroral<br />
form. A strict definition would be precipitation which<br />
does not have field-aligned acceleration associated with<br />
tow-altitude boundary plasma sheet (I. ABPS): A<br />
low-altitude (less than 2 Re) particle precipitation exhibiting<br />
changing flux and energy character<strong>is</strong>tics and<br />
usually identified with auroral arcs.<br />
tow-altitude central plasma sheet (I. ACPS): A lowaltitude<br />
particle precipitation associated with diffuse aurora.<br />
it (th<strong>is</strong>, however, cannot, in general, be determined). Low-energy ion d<strong>is</strong>persion signature (tEIDS): An<br />
Dipolarization: A high-altitude signature usually ion signature found at low altitudes, similar to a VDIS<br />
associated with substorm onset. It signifies a change in<br />
but usually found more equatorward and of a lower energy.<br />
the nightside magnetospheric magnetic field toward a<br />
It <strong>is</strong> frequently found equatorward of inverted V events.<br />
more dipolar configuration.<br />
tow-latitude impulsive dayside form (LLIDF): An<br />
D<strong>is</strong>crete aurora: Usually associated with auroral<br />
auroral feature which appears first equatorward of the<br />
arcs but strictly defined <strong>is</strong> the aurora associated with<br />
1200-1500 MLT auroral oval and then progresses up to<br />
field-aligned acceleration. The precipitation usually has<br />
the oval [Elphinstone et al., 1993a].<br />
a prominent peak in electron flux at a particular energy.<br />
tow-latitude boundary layer (LLBL): A magneto-<br />
Double oval: Two large-scale intensity peaks spanspheric<br />
region near the Earth's equatorial plane where<br />
ning several hours of local time, parallel to each other,<br />
the plasmas from inside and outside mix.<br />
but separated by about 5ø-10 ø of latitude. The equator-<br />
Magnetic local time (M[I): A coordinate in which<br />
ward peak <strong>is</strong> the main UV oval. The region between<br />
them <strong>is</strong> filled with smaller-scale arcs and diffuse aurora longitudes defined from a magnetic pole location are<br />
used to define a 24-hour clock: 0000 MLT <strong>is</strong> in the<br />
[Elphinstone and Heam, 1992; Elphinstone et al., 1995b,<br />
ant<strong>is</strong>unward direction, 0600 MLT <strong>is</strong> a dawn meridian,<br />
c].<br />
1200 MLT <strong>is</strong> near noon for an observer, and 1800 MLT<br />
Electrojets' Horizontal currents flowing at ionospheric<br />
heights in the region of the aurora, primarily in<br />
<strong>is</strong> in the vicinity of dusk. See work by Heam et al. [1993]<br />
the east/west direction.<br />
for a more detailed explanation.<br />
Fan arcs: Multiple arcs spaced in latitude which Magnetic pulsation: Periodic or quasi-periodic<br />
converge near 1200 MLT. They are usually seen in the variations in the Earth's magnetic field. Frequencies<br />
0600-1200 MLT sector.<br />
range from 5000 mHz (0.2-s period and called a Pc 1) to<br />
Field-aligned currents: Currents which flow along beyond 1.67 mHz (600-s period and called a Pc 5) (see<br />
magnetic field lines and provide a means of coupling the work by Jacobs et al. [1964] for a description of the<br />
magnetosphere to the ionosphere. These currents are various types of pulsations.) Pi 2 values are irregular<br />
also called Birkeland currents, after the person who first pulsations used to define onset times and have frequensuggested<br />
their ex<strong>is</strong>tence.<br />
Geosynchronous orbit: A satellite orbit of 6.6 Re<br />
in the equatorial plane which allows the satellite to<br />
cies from about 6.7-25 mHz.<br />
Magnetohydrodynamics (MHD): The treatment of<br />
a collection of charged particles as a fluid (a magnetoremain<br />
at the same geographical point above the Earth. hydrodynamic fluid). MHD fluids involve the collective<br />
Hall currents: Ionospheric currents which flow per- motions and interactions of the particles, the electrical<br />
pendicular to the ionospheric electric field.<br />
currents, and the magnetic fields. Restrictions ex<strong>is</strong>t as to<br />
Injection event: A rapid enhancement of energetic its applicability to space plasmas; these restrictions are<br />
particles in the vicinity of geosynchronous orbit. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> related to the spatial and temporal scales of the individfrequently<br />
used as a definition of substorm onset. ual particle motions as compared to the macroscopic<br />
Interplanetary magnetic field (IMF): The magnetic parameters. Ideal MHD (which <strong>is</strong> sometimes useful)<br />
field generated at the Sun and associated with interplan- occurs when the conducting fluid has infinite conductivetary<br />
space. Southward fields (IMF Bz) in the IMF have ity.<br />
been found to be associated with auroral activity. Magnetopause: The surface which bounds the mag-<br />
Inverted V: An electron precipitation pattern which netosphere. A useful operational definition (used in the<br />
shows an increase, then decrease, in character<strong>is</strong>tic en- mapping section in th<strong>is</strong> paper) <strong>is</strong> that it <strong>is</strong> the outer<br />
ergy as a function of latitude. Usually associated with boundary of the locus of field lines which connect to the<br />
d<strong>is</strong>crete arcs.<br />
Earth.
224 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
Magnetosphere' The cavity formed from the inter- position of the IMF with the Earth's magnetic field will<br />
action of the solar wind with a planetary magnetic field. create points with zero magnetic field called neutral<br />
Magnetotail' The region of the magnetosphere points (or lines if they have some extent in space). In<br />
which stretches out in the form of a "tail" away from the order to have "open" field lines, some form of merging<br />
Sun.<br />
between the two fields must occur. The magnetic field<br />
Magnetotail lobes' Two low plasma density open energy associated with two field lines reconnecting <strong>is</strong><br />
field line regions of the magnetotail (one in the north used in accelerating particles.<br />
and the other in the south). The energy density in these Ring current: The azimuthally flowing current asregions<br />
<strong>is</strong> given predominantly by the magnetic field. sociated with the relative drift motions of electrons and<br />
Main (UV) oval' The feature of the UV and optical ions in the near-Earth region of the magnetosphere. The<br />
aurora which can almost always be observed. Th<strong>is</strong> results majority of th<strong>is</strong> current flows westward, while a small<br />
from a combination of both d<strong>is</strong>crete and diffuse auroral<br />
fraction in its inner portion flows eastward.<br />
processes. Th<strong>is</strong> <strong>is</strong> the equatorward portion of the double Spiral: An auroral form (20-1500 km) which wraps<br />
oval d<strong>is</strong>tribution.<br />
up counterclockw<strong>is</strong>e when viewed in the direction of the<br />
Modular element' Amagnetosphericprocesswhich magnetic field.<br />
<strong>is</strong> operating due to variations in the solar wind and Stationary surge form' An auroral form which recoupling<br />
to other processes (see Figures 23a-23c). Au- sembles the WTS but remains stationary. Some types of<br />
roral modules may appear in the ionosphere if the magth<strong>is</strong><br />
pattern may be quite different from the classical<br />
netosphere-ionosphere coupling <strong>is</strong> appropriate.<br />
WTS (see text).<br />
Near-Earth' In th<strong>is</strong> paper "near-Earth" refers to<br />
Sun-aligned arcs: High-latitude polar arcs which<br />
radial d<strong>is</strong>tances less than 10 R E.<br />
are aligned in a noon-midnight direction.<br />
Omega bands: "Luminous tongues of em<strong>is</strong>sion ex-<br />
Storm (magnetic)' A time period lasting days durtending<br />
poleward from a band of diffuse aurora in the<br />
ing which the magnetosphere <strong>is</strong> first compressed and the<br />
morning sector of the auroral oval with scale sizes of a<br />
ring current <strong>is</strong> enhanced. The terms "storm" and "subfew<br />
hundred kilometers." [Buchert et al., 1990, p. 3733].<br />
storm" are h<strong>is</strong>torical ones, and they should not imply<br />
Onset: In th<strong>is</strong> paper, onset refers to the time when<br />
that the storm <strong>is</strong> some direct manifestation of a series of<br />
the aurora begins an explosive poleward motion in the<br />
substorms. The term dates back prior to work by Adams<br />
nightside sector.<br />
[1892].<br />
Open field line' A magnetic field line which has<br />
Streamer: A particular north-south auroral strucone<br />
end intersecting the Earth and one end connected to<br />
the IMF.<br />
ture which forms at the poleward edge of the double oval<br />
Pealerson currents' Ionospheric currents which<br />
configuration and drifts to the south-west (in the northflow<br />
parallel to the ionospheric electric field.<br />
ern hem<strong>is</strong>phere).<br />
Plasma sheet: The central region of the magneto- Substorm current wedge (SCW): An upward fieldtail<br />
which <strong>is</strong> bounded by the magnetotail lobes. The aligned current in the western portion of the bulge <strong>is</strong><br />
boundary layer closest to the magnetotail lobes <strong>is</strong> known linked to a downward field-aligned current in the eastern<br />
as the plasma sheet boundary layer (PSBL).<br />
portion via a westward electrojet in the auroral bulge<br />
Polar arc systems (high latitude)' A generic term itself. The closure current (eastward) in the magnetofor<br />
all arc systems which occur poleward of the "auroral sphere's equatorial plane effectively diverts the westward<br />
cross-tail current.<br />
oval." Th<strong>is</strong> encompasses other, more specific terms such<br />
as teardrop (or horsecollar), theta, and Sun-aligned arcs. leardrop-shaped aurora (also called horsecollar)'<br />
Polar cap: In th<strong>is</strong> paper th<strong>is</strong> refers exclusively to the A system of high-latitude polar arcs which ex<strong>is</strong>t in the<br />
region of open magnetic field lines in the vicinity of the<br />
dawn and dusk sectors in such a manner as to form a<br />
magnetic pole.<br />
teardrop-shaped "polar cap," with the narrowest part of<br />
Pseudobreakup: Elvey [1957, p. 69] defined th<strong>is</strong> the teardrop pointed toward magnetic noon. When the<br />
term to mean "a d<strong>is</strong>ruption of one of the arcs near to the auroral oval <strong>is</strong> included, the pattern also resembles a<br />
center of the auroral zone." Akasofu [1964] made an horse collar.<br />
association of these events with a surge which propa- lheta aurora: A polar arc system for which there <strong>is</strong><br />
gates along a brightened arc without affecting others. evidence that open field lines lie on either side of it and<br />
Ohtani et al. [1993] d<strong>is</strong>tingu<strong>is</strong>h these from onsets accord- that it occurs on closed field lines. It therefore bifurcates<br />
111[ tU WlIK;,tlIK,I d [IUUI:11 ,¾1It lCltCl U,CUI3. IOOdy tlIC<br />
definition seems to be based on whether or not what<br />
follows <strong>is</strong> termed a substorm.<br />
occurs. Theta aurora should therefore be a very specific<br />
form of the more generic term "high-latitude polar arc."<br />
Pulsating aurora: Aurora which switches on and off Traversing arc system' An arc system which brightrapidly<br />
with frequencies of 0.05-2 Hz (0.5- to 20-s peri- ens at or near the end of the bulge's poleward motion. It<br />
ods) [Yamamoto and Oguti, 1982].<br />
usually "traverses" across the midnight meridian and<br />
Reconnection, or merging' A theory which de- spans several hours in local time [Murphree and Elphinscribes<br />
the intersection of magnetic field lines. A super- stone, 1988].
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 225<br />
Velocity-d<strong>is</strong>persed ion signature (VDIS): A ion Anger, C. D., and J. S. Murphree, ISIS-2 satellite imagery and<br />
signature at low-altitude currently identified with the auroral morphology, in Magnetospheric Particles and Fields,<br />
edited by B. M. McCormac, pp. 223-234, D. Reidel, Norionospheric<br />
projection of the plasma sheet boundary well, Mass., 1976.<br />
layer. Its signature <strong>is</strong> higher energy (about 10-40 keV) Anger, C. D., T. Fancott, J. McNally, and H. S. Kerr, ISIS-II<br />
at higher latitudes which decreases with decreasing lat- scanning auroral photometer, Appl. Opt., 12, 1753-1766,<br />
itude.<br />
1973.<br />
Westward traveling surge (WtS): Originally, th<strong>is</strong><br />
referred to the single westward traveling spiral form at<br />
the west end of the auroral bulge. It <strong>is</strong> now known,<br />
however, that it <strong>is</strong> frequently not a single form and that<br />
it moves westward ep<strong>is</strong>odically.<br />
Anger, C. D., M. C. Moshupi, D. D. Wall<strong>is</strong>, J. S. Murphree, L.<br />
H. Brace, and G. G. Shepherd, Detached auroral arcs in the<br />
trough region, J. Geophys. Res., 83, 2683-2689, 1978.<br />
Anger, C. D., J. S. Murphree, and L. L. Cogger, Satellite<br />
observations of spatial and temporal fluctuations in postmidnight<br />
auroras, Can. J. Phys., 59, 1137-1142, 1981.<br />
Anger, C. D., et al., An ultraviolet auroral imager for the<br />
Viking spacecraft, Geophys. Res. Lett., 14, 387-390, 1987.<br />
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The authors would like to ex- Atkinson, G., An approximate flow equation for geomagnetic<br />
press their gratitude to Pao Qi for h<strong>is</strong> work in providing the flux tubes and its application to polar substorms, J. Geophys.<br />
Canopus data. The Canopus project <strong>is</strong> supported by the Ca- Res., 72, 5373-5382, 1967.<br />
nadian Space Agency. The first author would also like to thank<br />
Atkinson, G., Mechan<strong>is</strong>m by which merging at X lines causes<br />
D. Hearn, C. Kennel, and V. Sergeev for d<strong>is</strong>cussions which<br />
d<strong>is</strong>crete auroral arcs, J. Geophys. Res., 97, 1337-1344, 1992.<br />
Atkinson, G., How does magnetospheric convection relate to<br />
were useful in formulating th<strong>is</strong> paper and E. Donovan and A.<br />
the expansion onset of substorms?, J. Atmos. Terr. Phys., 55,<br />
T. Y. Lui for suggesting changes to the manuscript. The au- 1151-1157, 1993.<br />
thors would also like to thank the two referees for suggestions Atkinson, G., F. Creutzberg, R. Gattinger, and J. S. Murphree,<br />
which have helped clarify portions of the text. Th<strong>is</strong> work was Interpretation of complicated d<strong>is</strong>crete arc structure and<br />
supported under grants from the Natural Sciences and Engi- behavior in terms of multiple X lines, J. Geophys. Res., 94,<br />
neering Research Council of Canada.<br />
5292-5302, 1989.<br />
T. E. Cravens was the Editor responsible for th<strong>is</strong> paper. He Aubry, M.P., C. T. Russell, and M. G. Kivelson, On inward<br />
thanks the technical reviewer, Dan Baker, and the cross-d<strong>is</strong>ci- motion of the magnetopause before a substorm, J. Geophys.<br />
plinary reviewer, Alan Robock.<br />
Res., 75, 7018-7031, 1970.<br />
Baker, D. N., and R. L. McPherron, Extreme energetic particle<br />
decreases near geostationary orbit: A manifestation of cur-<br />
REFERENCES<br />
rent diversion within the inner plasma sheet, J. Geophys.<br />
Res., 95, 6591-6599, 1990.<br />
Baker, D. N., P. R. Higbie, E. W. Hones Jr., and R. D. Belian,<br />
Adams, W. G., Compar<strong>is</strong>on of simultaneous magnetic d<strong>is</strong>tur- High-resolution energetic particle measurements at 6.6 R e ,<br />
bances of several observatories, Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lon- 3, Low-energy an<strong>is</strong>otropies and short-term substorm predon<br />
A, 183, 131-140, 1892.<br />
dictions, J. Geophys. Res., 83, 4863-4868, 1978.<br />
Akasofu, S.-I., The dynamical morphology of the auroral po- Baker, D. N., E. W. Hones Jr., P. R. Higbie, R. D. Belian, and<br />
lar<strong>is</strong>, J. Geophys. Res., 68, 1667-1672, 1963.<br />
P. Stauning, <strong>Global</strong> properties of the magnetosphere during<br />
Akasofu, S.-I., The development of the auroral substorm, a substorm growth phase: A case study, J. Geophys. Res., 86,<br />
Planet. Space $ci., 12, 273-282, 1964.<br />
8941-8956, 1981.<br />
Akasofu, S.-I., Polar and Magnetospheric Substorms, D. Reidel, Baker, D. N., T. I. Pulkkinen, R. L. McPherron, J. D. Craven,<br />
Norwell, Mass., 1968.<br />
L. A. Frank, R. D. Elphinstone, J. S. Murphree, J. F.<br />
Akasofu, S.-I., Energy coupling between the solar wind and the Fennell, R. E. Lopez, and T. Nagai, CDAW 9 analys<strong>is</strong> of<br />
magnetosphere, Space Sci. Rev., 28, 121, 1981.<br />
magnetospheric events on May 3, 1986: Event C, J. Geo-<br />
Akasofu, S.-I., and J. R. Kan, Importance of initial ionospheric phys. Res., 98, 3815-3834, 1993.<br />
conductivity on substorm onset, Planet. Space Sci., 30, 1315-<br />
1316, 1982.<br />
Baumjohann, W., The plasma sheet boundary layer and magnetospheric<br />
substorms, J. Geomagn. Geoelectr., 40, 157-175,<br />
Akasofu, S.-I., and A. L. Snyder, Comments on the growth 1988.<br />
phase of magnetospheric substorms, J. Geophys. Res., 77,<br />
6275-6277, 1972.<br />
Baumjohann, W., and Y. Kamide, Joint two-dimensional observations<br />
of ground magnetic and ionospheric electric<br />
Allen, J. H., and H. W. Kroehl, Spatial and temporal d<strong>is</strong>tribu- fields associated with auroral zone currents, 2, Three-ditions<br />
of magnetic effects of auroral electrojets as derived mensional current flow in the morning sector during subfrom<br />
AE indices, J. Geophys. Res., 80, 3667-3677, 1975. storm recovery, J. Geomagn. Geoelectr., 33, 297-318, 1981.<br />
Andre, D., and W. Baumjohann, Joint two-dimensional observations<br />
of ground magnetic and ionospheric electric fields<br />
Baumjohann, W., G. Paschmann, and H. Luhr, Character<strong>is</strong>tics<br />
of high-speed ion flows in the plasma sheet, J. Geophys.<br />
associated with auroral currents, 5, Current system associ- Res., 95, 3801-3809, 1990.<br />
ated with eastward drifting omega bands, J. Geophys., 50, Birn, J., and M. Hesse, Influence of plasma sheet thickening<br />
194-201, 1982.<br />
toward the tail flanks on magnetotail stability and dynamics,<br />
Angelopoulos, V., W. Baumjohann, C. F. Kennel, F. V. Coroniti,<br />
M. G. Kivelson, R. Pellat, R. J. Walker, H. Luhr, and<br />
J. Geophys. Res., 99, 5847-5853, 1994.<br />
Birn, J., E. W. Hones Jr., J. D. Craven, L. A. Frank, R. D.<br />
G. Paschmann, Bursty bulk flows in the inner central Elphinstone, J. S. Murphree, and D. P. Stern, On open and<br />
plasma sheet, J. Geophys. Res., 97, 4027-4039, 1992.<br />
Angelopoulos, V., C. F. Kennel, F. V. Coroniti, R. Pellat,<br />
closed field line regions in Tsyganenko's field model and<br />
their possible associations with horse-collar auroras, J. Geo-<br />
M. G. Kivelson, R. J. Walker, C. T. Russell, W. Baumjo- phys. Res., 96, 3811-3817, 1991.<br />
hann, W. C. Feldman, and J. T. Gosling, Stat<strong>is</strong>tical charac- Borovsky, J. E., <strong>Auroral</strong> arc thicknesses as predicted by various<br />
ter<strong>is</strong>tics of bursty bulk flow events, J. Geophys. Res., 99, theories, J. Geophys. Res., 98, 6101-6138, 1993.<br />
21,257-21,280, 1994.<br />
Borovsky, J. E., and D. M. Suszcynsky, Optical measurements
226 ß Elphinstone et al ß MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
of the fine structure of auroral arcs, in <strong>Auroral</strong> Plasma<br />
Dynamics, Geophys. Monogr. Set., vol. 80, edited by R. L.<br />
Lysak, pp. 25-30, AGU, Washington, D.C., 1993.<br />
Brekke, A., On the evolution in h<strong>is</strong>tory of the concept of the<br />
auroral oval, Eos Trans. AGU, 65(38), 705-707, 1984.<br />
Brekke, A., and A. Egeland, The Northern Light, p. 62, Springer-Verlag,<br />
New York, 1983.<br />
Bryant, D. A., G. M. Courtier, and A.D. Johnstone, Modulation<br />
of auroral electrons at large d<strong>is</strong>tances from the Earth,<br />
J. Atmos. Terr. Phys., 31,579-592, 1969.<br />
Buchert, S., W. Baumjohann, G. Haerendel, C. La Hoz, and H.<br />
Luhr, Magnetometer and incoherent scatter observations of<br />
an intense Ps6 pulsation event, J. Atmos. Terr. Phys., 50, 357,<br />
1988.<br />
Buchert, S., G. Haerendel, and W. Baumjohann, A model for<br />
the electric fields and currents during a strong Ps 6 pulsation<br />
event, J. Geophys. Res., 95, 3733-3743, 1990.<br />
Buchner, J., and L. M. Zelenyi, Chaotization of the electron<br />
motion as the cause of internal magnetotail instability and<br />
substorm onset, J. Geophys. Res., 92, 13,456-13,466, 1987.<br />
Burkhart, G. R., R. E. Lopez, P. B. Dusenbery, and T. W.<br />
Spe<strong>is</strong>er, Observational support for the current sheet catastrophe<br />
model of substorm current d<strong>is</strong>ruption, Geophys. Res.<br />
Lett., 19(16), 1635-1638, 1992.<br />
Bythrow, P. E., and T. A. Potemra, Birkeland currents and<br />
energetic particles associated with optical auroral signatures<br />
of a westward traveling surge, J. Geophys. Res., 92,<br />
8691-8699, 1987.<br />
Caan, M. N., R. L. McPherron, and C. T. Russell, Character<strong>is</strong>tics<br />
of the association between the interplanetary magnetic<br />
field and substorms, J. Geophys. Res., 82, 4837-4842,<br />
1977.<br />
Campbell, W. H., and M. H. Rees, A study of auroral coruscations,<br />
J. Geophys. Res., 66, 41-55, 1961.<br />
Chan, A. A., M. Xia, and L. Chen, An<strong>is</strong>otropic Alfv6n-ballooning<br />
modes in Earth's magnetosphere, J. Geophys. Res.,<br />
99, 17,351-17,366, 1994.<br />
Chao, J. K., J. R. Kan, A. T. Y. Lui, and S.-I. Akasofu, A model<br />
for thinning of the plasma sheet, Planet. Space Sci., 25,<br />
703-710, 1977.<br />
Chapman, S., An outline of a theory of magnetic storms, Proc.<br />
R. Soc. London A, 95, 61-77, 1919.<br />
Chapman, S., Earth storms: Retrospect and prospect, J. Phys.<br />
Soc. Jpn., 17, 6, 1962.<br />
Chiu, Y. T., M. Schulz, J. F. Fennell, and A.M. K<strong>is</strong>hi, Mirror<br />
instability and the origin of morning-side auroral structure,<br />
J. Geophys. Res., 88, 4041-4054, 1983.<br />
Clad<strong>is</strong>, J. B., and W. E. Franc<strong>is</strong>, D<strong>is</strong>tribution in magnetotail of<br />
O + ions from cusp/cleft ionosphere: A possible substorm<br />
trigger, J. Geophys. Res., 97, 123-130, 1992.<br />
Cogger, L. L., and R. D. Elphinstone, The Viking auroral<br />
substorm, Substorms-l, Proceedings of the First International<br />
Conference on Substorms, Eur. Space Agency Spec. Publ.,<br />
ESA SP-335, 77-82, 1992.<br />
Cogger, L. L., and J. S. Murphree, The UV auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution:<br />
Its impulsive nature, Adv. Space Res., 10, 167-177,<br />
1990.<br />
Coroniti, F. V., and C. F. Kennel, Electron precipitation pulsations,<br />
J. Geophys. Res., 75, 1279-1289, 1970.<br />
Craven, J. L., CtllU I-I 1111%., Lld110I) Of i:IUI Ol Dagl<strong>is</strong>, I. A., E. T. Sarr<strong>is</strong>, and G. Kremser, Indications for<br />
ionospheric participation in the substorm process from<br />
AMPTE/CCE observations, Geophys. Res. Lett., 17(1), 57-<br />
60, 1990.<br />
Dagl<strong>is</strong>, I. A., E. T. Sarr<strong>is</strong>, and G. Kremser, Ionospheric contribution<br />
to the cross-tail current enhancement during the<br />
substorm growth phase, J. Atmos. Terr. Phys., 53, 1091-1098,<br />
1991.<br />
Dagl<strong>is</strong>, I. A., S. Livi, E. T. Sarr<strong>is</strong>, and B. Wilken, Energy<br />
density of ionospheric and solar wind origin ions in the<br />
near-Earth magnetotail during substorms, J. Geophys. Res.,<br />
99, 5691-5703, 1994.<br />
Dav<strong>is</strong>, T. N., The morphology of the auroral d<strong>is</strong>plays of 1957-<br />
1958, 2, Detail analyses of Alaska data and analyses of<br />
high-latitude data, J. Geophys. Res., 67, 75-110, 1962.<br />
Dav<strong>is</strong>, T. N., Observed character<strong>is</strong>tics of auroral forms, Space<br />
Sci. Rev., 22, 77-113, 1978.<br />
Dav<strong>is</strong>, T. N., and T. J. Hallinan, <strong>Auroral</strong> spirals, 1, Observations,<br />
J. Geophys. Res., 81, 3953-3958, 1976.<br />
Deehr, C. S., Ground-based optical observations of hydrogen<br />
em<strong>is</strong>sions in the auroral substorm, in Proceedings of the<br />
ICS-2, edited by J. R. Kan, J. D. Craven, and S.-I. Akasofu,<br />
pp. 229-236, Geophys. Inst., Univ. of Alaska, Fairbanks,<br />
1994.<br />
de la Beaujardiere, O., L. R. Lyons, J. M. Ruohoniemi,<br />
E. Fri<strong>is</strong>-Chr<strong>is</strong>tensen, C. Danielsen, F. J. Rich, and P. T.<br />
Newell, Quiet-time intensifications along the poleward auroral<br />
boundary near midnight, J. Geophys. Res., 99, 287-298,<br />
1994.<br />
Donovan, E. F., Modeling the magnetic effects of field-aligned<br />
currents, J. Geophys. Res., 98, 13,529-13,543, 1993.<br />
Eastman, T. E., G. Rostoker, L. A. Frank, C. Y. Huang, and<br />
D. G. Mitchell, Boundary layer dynamics in the description<br />
of magnetospheric substorms, J. Geophys. Res., 93, 14,411-<br />
14,432, 1988.<br />
Edgar, B.C., W. T. Miles, and A. E. S. Green, Energy deposition<br />
of protons in molecular nitrogen and applications to<br />
proton auroral phenomena, J. Geophys. Res., 78, 6595-<br />
6606, 1973.<br />
Eliasson, L., R. Lundin, and J. S. Murphree, Polar cap arcs<br />
observed by the Viking spacecraft, Geophys. Res. Lett.,<br />
14(4), 451-454, 1987.<br />
Elphinstone, R. D., and D. J. Hearn, Mapping of the auroral<br />
d<strong>is</strong>tribution during quiet times and substorm recovery, in<br />
Substorms-l, Proceedings of the First International Conference<br />
on Substorms, Eur. Space Agency Spec. Publ., ESA<br />
SP-335, 13-18, 1992.<br />
Elphinstone, R. D., and D. J. Hearn, The auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution<br />
and its relation to magnetospheric processes, Adv. Space<br />
Res., 13(4), 17-27, 1993.<br />
Elphinstone, R. D., J. S. Murphree, L. L. Cogger, D. Hearn,<br />
and R. Lundin, Observations of changes to the auroral<br />
d<strong>is</strong>tribution prior to substorm onset, in Magnetospheric Substorms,<br />
Geophys. Monogr. Ser., vol. 64, edited by J. R. Kan,<br />
T. A. Potemra, S. Kokubun, and T. Iijima, pp. 257-275,<br />
AGU, Washington, D.C., 1991a.<br />
Elphinstone, R. D., D. J. Hearn, J. S. Murphree, and L. L.<br />
Cogger, Mapping using the Tsyganenko long magnetospheric<br />
model and its relationship to Viking auroral images,<br />
Uyllallllt; J. Geophys. Res., 96, 1467-1480, i991b.<br />
using global auroral imaging with emphas<strong>is</strong> on large-scale Elphinstone, R. D., J. S. Murphree, and D. J. Hearn, Three<br />
evolutions, in <strong>Auroral</strong> Physics, edited by C.-I. Meng, M. J. auroral source regions: Implications for substorm onset, in<br />
Rycroft, and L. A. Frank, pp. 273-288, Cambridge Univ. Recueil d'actes du seminaire du Gdr Plasma, edited by<br />
Press, New York, 1991.<br />
A. Berthelier, R. Pottelette, and C. Huc, pp. 45-50, Cent.<br />
Cresswell, . R., and T. N. Dav<strong>is</strong>, Observations on pulsating de Rech. en Phys. de l'Environ., Gresse en Vercors, France,<br />
aurora, ]. Geophys. Res., ?l, 3155-3161, 1966.<br />
1992.<br />
Dagl<strong>is</strong>, I. A., and W. I. Axford, Fast ionospheric response to Elphinstone, R. D., D. J. Hearn, J. S. Murphree, L. L. Cogger,<br />
enhanced activity in geospace: Ion feeding of the inner M. L. Johnson, and H. B. Vo, Some UV dayside auroral<br />
magnetotail, ]. Geophys. Res., 101, 5047-5065, 1996.<br />
morphologies, in <strong>Auroral</strong> Plasma Dynamics, Geophys.
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 227<br />
Monogr. Ser., vol. 80, edited by R. L. Lysak, pp. 31-45, ing instrumentation for the Dynamics Explorer m<strong>is</strong>sion,<br />
AGU, Washington, D.C., 1993a.<br />
Space Sci. Instrum., 5, 369-393, 1981.<br />
Elphinstone, R. D., J. S. Murphree, D. J. Hearn, W. Heikkila, Fukun<strong>is</strong>hi, H., Dynamic relationship between proton and elec-<br />
L. L. Cogger, and I. Sandahl, The auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution and tron substorms, J. Geophys. Res., 80, 553-574, 1975.<br />
its mapping according to substorm phase, J. Atmos. Terr. Gazey, N. G. J., M. Lockwood, P. N. Smith, S. Coles, R. J.<br />
Phys., 55(14), 1741-1762, 1993b.<br />
Bunting, M. Lester, A.D. Aylward, T. K. Yeoman, and H.<br />
Elphinstone, R. D., D. J. Hearn, L. L. Cogger, I. Sandahl, Luhr, The development of substorm cross-tail current d<strong>is</strong>-<br />
D. Klumpar, and M. Shapshak, The double oval UV auroral ruption as seen from the ground, J. Geophys. Res., 100,<br />
d<strong>is</strong>tribution: Implications for the substorm process, in Pro- 9633-9648, 1995.<br />
ceedings of the ICS-2, edited by J. R. Kan, J. D. Craven, and Goertz, C. K., and R. A. Smith, The thermal catastrophe<br />
S.-I. Akasofu, pp. 413-420, Geophys. Inst., Univ. of Alaska, model of substorms, J. Geophys. Res., 94, 6581-6596, 1989.<br />
Fairbanks, 1994a.<br />
Goertz, C. K., L. H. Shan, and R. A. Smith, Prediction of<br />
Elphinstone, R. D., D. J. Hearn, and J. S. Murphree, Dayside geomagnetic activity, J. Geophys. Res., 98, 7673-7684, 1993.<br />
aurora poleward of the Main <strong>Auroral</strong> D<strong>is</strong>tribution: Impli- Gonzalez, W. D., J. A. Joselyn, Y. Kamide, H. W. Kroehl,<br />
cations for convection and mapping, Physical Signatures of G. Rostoker, B. T. Tsurutani, and V. M. Vasyliunas, <strong>What</strong><br />
Magnetospheric Boundary Layer Processes, edited by J. A. <strong>is</strong> a geomagnetic storm?, J. Geophys. Res., 99, 5771-5792,<br />
Holtet and A. Egeland, pp. 189-200, Kluwer Acad., Nor- 1994.<br />
well, Mass., 1994b.<br />
Grafe, A., Freja electron precipitation as a hint for an explo-<br />
Elphinstone, R. D., et al., Observations in the vicinity of sive development of the eastward electrojet, Proceedings of<br />
substorm onset: Implications for the substorm process, J. the ICS-2, edited by J. R. Kan, J. D. Craven, and S.-I.<br />
Geophys. Res., 100, 7937-7969, 1995a.<br />
Akasofu, pp. 391-398, Geophys. Inst., Univ. of Alaska,<br />
Elphinstone, R. D., et al., The double oval UV auroral d<strong>is</strong>tri- Fairbanks, 1994.<br />
bution, 1, Implications for the mapping of auroral arcs, J. Grant, I. F., and G. B. Burns, Observation and modeling of<br />
Geophys. Res., 100, 12,075-12,092, 1995b.<br />
correlated Pi B magnetic and auroral luminosity pulsations,<br />
Elphinstone, R. D., et al., The double oval UV auroral d<strong>is</strong>tri- J. Geophys. Res., 100, 19,387-19,404, 1995.<br />
bution, 2, The most poleward arc system and the dynamics Grant, I. F., G. B. Burns, and K. D. Cole, Pi(b) and Pi2<br />
of the magnetotail, J. Geophys. Res., 100, 12,093-12,102, geomagnetic pulsations associated with substorm onset, in<br />
1995c.<br />
Anare Research Notes, vol. 69, edited by M. Conde and H.<br />
Elvey, C. T., Problems of auroral morphology, Proc. Natl. Beggs, pp. 71-80, Aust. Upper Atmos. and Space Phys.<br />
Acad. Sci. U.S,4.., 43, 63-75, 1957.<br />
Res., Kingston, Tasmania, Australia, 1988.<br />
Erlandson, R. E., D. G. Sibeck, R. E. Lopez, L. J. Zanetti, and Hallinan, T. J., <strong>Auroral</strong> spirals, 2, Theory, J. Geophys. Res., 81,<br />
T. A. Potemra, Observations of solar wind pressure initi- 3959-3965, 1976.<br />
ated fast mode waves at geostationary orbit and in the polar Hansteen, C., On the polar light or Aurora Boreal<strong>is</strong> and<br />
cap, J. Atmos. Terr. Phys., 53, 231-239, 1991.<br />
Australia, Philos. Mag., 333-334, Nov. 1827.<br />
Fairfield, D. H., Advances in magnetospheric storm and sub- Hearn, D. J., R. D. Elphinstone, J. S. Murphree, and L. L.<br />
storm research, J. Geophys. Res., 97, 10,865-10,874, 1992. Cogger, Geographic asymmetries of the Viking auroral<br />
Fairfield, D. H., and L. J. Cahill Jr., Transition region magnetic d<strong>is</strong>tribution: Implications for ionospheric coordinate sysfield<br />
and polar magnetic d<strong>is</strong>turbances, J. Geophys. Res., 71, tems, J. Geophys. Res., 98, 1653-1667, 1993.<br />
155-169, 1966.<br />
Hesse, M., and J. Birn, Magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling<br />
Fedder, J. A., S. P. Slinker, J. G. Lyon, and R. D. Elphinstone, during plasmoid evolution: First results, J. Geophys. Res.,<br />
<strong>Global</strong> numerical simulation of the growth phase and ex- 96, 11,513-11,522, 1991.<br />
pansion onset of a substorm observed by Viking, J. Geophys. Hesse, M., and J. Birn, On the energy budget in the current<br />
Res., 100, 9083-9094, 1995.<br />
d<strong>is</strong>ruption region, Geophys. Res. Lett., 20(14), 1451-1454,<br />
Feldstein, Y. I., Geographical d<strong>is</strong>tribution of aurorae and 1993.<br />
auroral arcs azimuths, in Investigations of Aurorae, edited by Hewson, E. W., A survey of the facts and theories of the<br />
B. A. Bagarjatsky, pp. 61-78, Publ. House Acad. of Sci., aurora, Rev. Mod. Phys., 9, 403-431, 1937.<br />
Russia, 1960.<br />
Hoffman, R. A., and J. L. Burch, Electron precipitation pat-<br />
Feldstein, Y. I., Some problems concerning the morphology of terns and substorm morphology, J. Geophys. Res., 78, 2867auroras<br />
and magnetic d<strong>is</strong>turbances at high latitudes, Geo- 2884, 1973.<br />
magn. Aeron., 3, 183-192, 1963.<br />
Hones, E. W., Jr., Poleward leaping auroras, the substorm<br />
Feldstein, Y. I., Modelling of the magnetic field of magneto- expansive and recovery phases and the recovery of the<br />
spheric ring current as a function of interplanetary medium plasma sheet, in Substorms-I, Proceedings of the First Interparameters,<br />
Space Sci. Rev., 59, 83-165, 1992.<br />
national Conference on Substorms, Eur. Space Agency Spec.<br />
Feldstein, Y. I., and Y. I. Galperin, The auroral luminosity Publ., ESA SP-335, 477-483, 1992.<br />
structure in the high-latitude upper atmosphere: Its dynam- Hones, E. W., Jr., T. J. Rosenberg, K. A. Anderson, G. K.<br />
ics and relationship to the large-scale structure of the Parks, and H. J. Singer, The poleward leap of the auroral<br />
Earth's magnetosphere, Rev. Geophys., 23, 217-275, 1985. electrojet as seen in auroral images, J. Geophys. Res., 90,<br />
Feldstein, Y. I., and G. V. Starkov, Dynamics of auroral belt 5333-5337, 1985.<br />
and polar geomagnetic d<strong>is</strong>turbances, Planet. Space Sci., 15, Hones, E. W., Jr., T. A. Fritz, J. Birn, J. Cooney, and S. J.<br />
209-229, 1967.<br />
Bame, Detailed observations of the plasma sheet during a<br />
Forbes, T. G., E. W. Hones Jr., S. J. Bame, J. R. Asbridge, substorm on April 24, 1979, J. Geophys. Res., 91, 6845-6859,<br />
G. Paschmann, N. Sckopke, and C. T. Russell, Substorm- 1986.<br />
related plasma sheet motions as determined from differen- Hones, E. W., Jr., C. D. Anger, J. Birn, J. S. Murphree, and<br />
tial timing of plasma changes at the ISEE satellites, J. L. L. Cogger, A study of a magnetospheric substorm re-<br />
Geophys. Res., 86, 3459-3469, 1981.<br />
corded by the Viking auroral imager, Geophys. Res. Lett.,<br />
Frank, L. A., and J. D. Craven, Imaging results from Dynamics 14(4), 411-414, 1987.<br />
Explorer 1, Rev. Geophys., 26, 249-283, 1988.<br />
Hopcraft, K. I., and P. R. Smith, Polarization character<strong>is</strong>tics of<br />
Frank, L. A., J. D. Craven, K. L. Ackerson, M. R. Engl<strong>is</strong>h, Pi 2 oscillations, Planet. Space Sci., 34, 1259-1261, 1986.<br />
R. H. Eather, and R. L. Carovillano, <strong>Global</strong> auroral imag- Horowitz, J. L., The substorm as an internal magnetospheric
228 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
instability: Substorms and their character<strong>is</strong>tic time scales Koskinen, H. E. J., R. E. Lopez, R. J. Pellinen, T. I. Pulkkinen,<br />
during intervals of steady interplanetary magnetic field, J. D. N. Baker, and T. Bosinger, Pseudobreakup and sub-<br />
Geophys. Res., 90, 4164-4170, 1985.<br />
storm growth phase in the ionosphere and magnetosphere,<br />
Huang, C. Y., L. A. Frank, G. Rostoker, J. Fennell, and D. G. J. Geophys. Res., 98, 5801-5813, 1993.<br />
Mitchell, Nonadiabatic heating of the central plasma sheet Kotikov, A. L., A. V. Frank-Kamenetsky, Y. O. Latov, O. A.<br />
at substorm onset, J. Geophys. Res., 97, 1481-1495, 1992. Troshichev, E. M. Sh<strong>is</strong>hkina, J. S. Murphree, and R. D.<br />
Hudson, M. K., A.D. Kotelnikov, X. Li, I. Roth, M. Temerin, Elphinstone, Filamentary structure of the westward electro-<br />
J. Wygant, J. B. Blake, and M. S. Gussenhoven, Simulation jet in the midnight sector auroral d<strong>is</strong>tribution during subof<br />
proton radiation belt formation during the March 24, storms: Compar<strong>is</strong>on with Viking auroral observations, J.<br />
1991, SSC, Geophys. Res. Lett., 22(3), 291-294, 1995. Atmos. Terr. Phys., 55(14), 1763-1774, 1993.<br />
Iijima, T., and T. A. Potemra, Large-scale character<strong>is</strong>tics of Kropotkin, A. P., On the physical mechan<strong>is</strong>m of the magnetofield-aligned<br />
currents associated with substorms, J. Geo- spheric substorm development, Planet. Space Sci., 20, 1245phys.<br />
Res., 83, 599-615, 1978.<br />
1257, 1972.<br />
Ismail, S., and C.-I. Meng, A classification of polar cap auroral Lester, M., W. J. Hughes, and H. J. Singer, Polarization patarcs,<br />
Planet. Space Sci., 30, 319-330, 1982.<br />
terns of Pi 2 magnetic pulsations and the substorm current<br />
Ivanov, V. N., and O. P. Pokhotelov, Flute instability in the wedge, J. Geophys. Res., 88, 7958-7966, 1983.<br />
plasma shell of the Earth's magnetosphere, Sov. J. Plasma Lester, M., M. Lockwood, T. K. Yeoman, S. W. H. Cowley, H.<br />
Phys., Engl. Transl. 13, 833-838, 1987.<br />
Luhr, R. Bunting, and C. J. Farrugia, The response of<br />
Ivanov, V. N., O. P. Pokhotelov, F. Z. Frigin, A. Roux, and S. ionospheric convection in the polar cap to substorm activity,<br />
Perraut, Magnetosphere with irregular pressure and a finite Ann. Geophys., 13, 147-158, 1995.<br />
beta, Geomagn. Aeron., 32, 211-216, 1992.<br />
Lindqw<strong>is</strong>ter, U. J., C. H. Ho, A. J. Mannucci, and B. T.<br />
Iyemori, T., and S. Tsunomura, Character<strong>is</strong>tics of the associa- Tsurutani, Forecasting ionospheric storms using GPS<br />
tion between an SC and a substorm onset, Mere. Natl. Inst. global network, Eos Trans. AGU, 76(46), Fall Meet. Suppl.,<br />
Polar Res. Spec. Issue Jpn., 26, 139-184, 1983.<br />
433-434, 1995.<br />
Jacobs, J. A., T. Kato, S. Matsushita, and V. A. Troitskaya, Lopez, R. E., and A. T. Y. Lui, A mult<strong>is</strong>atellite case study of<br />
Classification of geomagnetic micropulsations, J. Geophys. the expansion of a substorm current wedge in the near-<br />
Res., 69, 180-181, 1964.<br />
Earth magnetotail, J. Geophys. Res., 95, 8009-8017, 1990.<br />
Johnstone, A.D., The mechan<strong>is</strong>m of pulsating aurora, Ann. Lopez, R. E., H. E. J. Koskinen, T. I. Pulkkinen, T. Bosinger,<br />
Geophys., 1,397-410, 1983.<br />
R. W. McEntire, and T. A. Potemra, Simultaneous obser-<br />
Jordan, C. E., Empirical models of the magnetospheric mag- vation of the poleward expansion of substorm electrojet<br />
netic field, Rev. Geophys., 32, 139-157, 1994.<br />
activity and the tailward expansion of current sheet d<strong>is</strong>rup-<br />
Joselyn, J. A., Geomagnetic activity forecasting: The state of tion in the near-Earth magnetotail, J. Geophys. Res., 98,<br />
the art, Rev. Geophys., 33, 383-401, 1995.<br />
9285-9295, 1993.<br />
Kamide, Y. P., D. Perreault, S.-I. Akasofu, and J. D. Winning- Lui, A. T. Y., Estimates of current changes in the geomagneham,<br />
Dependence of substorm occurrence probability on totail associated with a substorm, Geophys. Res. Lett., 5(10),<br />
the interplanetary magnetic field and on the size of the 853-856, 1978.<br />
auroral oval, J. Geophys. Res., 82, 5521-5528, 1977a.<br />
Lui, A. T. Y., A synthes<strong>is</strong> of magnetospheric substorm models,<br />
Kamide, Y., S.-I. Akasofu, and E. P. Reiger, Coex<strong>is</strong>tence of<br />
J. Geophys. Res., 96, 1849-1856, 1991.<br />
two substorms in the midnight sector, J. Geophys. Res., 82,<br />
Lui, A. T. Y., and J. R. Burrows, On the location of auroral<br />
1620-1624, 1977b.<br />
arcs near substorm onsets, J. Geophys. Res., 83, 3342-3348,<br />
Kan, J. R., A global magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling 1978.<br />
model of substorms, J. Geophys. Res., 98, 17,263-17,275,<br />
Lui, A. T. Y., S.-I. Akasofu, E. W. Hones Jr., S. J. Bame, and<br />
1993.<br />
C. E. Mcllwain, Observation of the plasma sheet during a<br />
Kan, J. R., and W. Sun, Simulation of the westward traveling<br />
surge and Pi 2 pulsations during substorms, J. Geophys. Res.,<br />
contracted oval substorm in a prolonged quiet period, J.<br />
90, 10,911-10,922, 1985.<br />
Geophys. Res., 81, 1415-1419, 1976.<br />
Kan, J. R., L. Zhu, and S.-I. Akasofu, A theory of substorms:<br />
Lui, A. T. Y., C.-I. Meng, and S. Ismail, Large-amplitude<br />
Onset and subsidence, J. Geophys. Res., 93, 5624-5640, undulations on the equatorward boundary of the diffuse<br />
1988.<br />
aurora, J. Geophys. Res., 87, 2385-2400, 1982.<br />
Kaneda, E., Dayside auroral activity and its relation to sub- Lui, A. T. Y., R. E. Lopez, S. M. Krimig<strong>is</strong>, R. W. McEntire,<br />
storm, Rep. Ionos. Space Res. Jpn., 27, 209-212, 1973. L. J. Zanetti, and T. A. Potemra, A case study of magne-<br />
Kaneda, E., M. Takagi, and N. Niwa, Vacuum ultraviolet totail current sheet d<strong>is</strong>ruption and diversion, Geophys. Res.<br />
telev<strong>is</strong>ion camera, paper presented at 12th International Lett., 15(7), 721-724, 1988.<br />
Symposium of Space Technology and Science, Tokyo, 1977. Lui, A. T. Y., C.-L. Chang, A. Mankofsky, H.-K. Wong, and D.<br />
Kennel, C. F., The Kiruna conjecture: The strong version, in Winske, A cross-field current instability for substorm ex-<br />
Substorms-l, Proceedings of the First International Confer- pansions, J. Geophys. Res., 96, 11,389-11,401, 1991.<br />
ence on Substorms, Eur. Space Agency Spec. Publ., ESA Lui, A. T. Y., R. E. Lopez, B. J. Anderson, K. Takahashi, L. J.<br />
SP-335, 599-601, 1992.<br />
Zanetti, R. W. McEntire, T. A. Potemra, D. M. Klumpar,<br />
Kern, J. W., and E. H. Vestine, Theory of auroral morphology, E. M. Greene, and R. Strangeway, Current d<strong>is</strong>ruptions in<br />
Kirkwood, S., and L. Eliasson, Energetic particle precipitation 1461-1480, 1992.<br />
in the substorm growth phase measured by EISCAT and Lyons, L. R., and C. Y. Huang, Observations of plasma sheet<br />
Viking, J. Geophys. Res., 95, 6025-6037, 1990.<br />
expansion at substorm onset, R = 15 to 22 Rœ, Geophys.<br />
Kivelson, M. G., and D. J. Southwood, Resonant ULF waves: Res. Lett., 19(18), 1807-1810, 1992.<br />
A new interpretation, Geophys. Res. Lett., 12(1), 49-52, Lyons, L. R., and R. L. Walterscheid, Generation of auroral<br />
1985.<br />
omega bands by shear instability of the neutral winds, J.<br />
Kokubun, S., R. L. McPherron, and C. T. Russell, Triggering Geophys. Res., 90, 12,321-12,329, 1985.<br />
of substorms by solar wind d<strong>is</strong>continuities, J. Geophys. Res., Lysak, R. L., J. Grieger, and Y. Song, Fast ionospheric feed-<br />
82, 74-86, 1977.<br />
back instability and substorm onset, in Substorms-I, Pro-
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 229<br />
ceedings of the First International Conference on Substorms, Nakamura, R., and T. Oguti, Drifts of auroral structures and<br />
Eur. Space Agency Spec. Publ., ESA SP-335, 231-236, 1992. magnetospheric electric fields, J. Geophys. Res., 92, 11,241-<br />
Lysak, R. L., Y. Song, and J. C. Grieger, Coupling of the 11,247, 1987.<br />
magnetopause to the ionosphere by means of Allyen waves Nakamura, R., T. Oguti, and GADC Research Group, Drifts<br />
and field-aligned currents, in Physics of the Magnetopause, of auroral structures and their relationship to geomagnetic<br />
Geophys. Monogr. Ser., vol. 90, edited by P. Song, B. U. O. activity, in Proc. Natl. Inst. Polar Res. Symp. Upper Atmos.<br />
Sonnerup, and M. F. Thomsen, pp. 385-393, AGU Wash- Phys., 2, 96-102, 1989.<br />
ington, D.C., 1995.<br />
Nakamura, R., T. Oguti, T. Yamamoto, and S. Kokubun,<br />
McEwen, D. J., E. Yee, B. A. Whalen, and A. W. Yau, Equatorward and poleward expansion of the auroras during<br />
Electron energy measurements in pulsating auroras, Can. J. auroral substorms, J. Geophys. Res., 98, 5743-5759, 1993.<br />
Phys., 59, 1106-1115, 1981.<br />
Nakamura, R., D. N. Baker, T. Yamamoto, R. D. Belian, E. A.<br />
McHenry, M. A., C. R. Clauer, and E. Fri<strong>is</strong>-Chr<strong>is</strong>tensen, Bering III, J. R. Benbrook, and J. R. Theall, Particle and<br />
Relationship of solar wind parameters to continuous, day- field signatures during pseudobreakup and major expansion<br />
side high-latitude traveling ionospheric convection vortices, onset, J. Geophys. Res., 99, 207-221, 1994.<br />
J. Geophys. Res., 95, 15,007-15,022, 1990.<br />
Newell, P. T., and C.-I. Meng, Mapping the dayside ionosphere<br />
McPherron, R. L., Growth phase of magnetospheric sub- to the magnetosphere according to particle precipitation<br />
storms, J. Geophys. Res., 75, 5592-5599, 1970.<br />
character<strong>is</strong>tics, Geophys. Res. Lett., 19(6), 609-612, 1992.<br />
McPherron, R. L., Substorm related changes in the geomag- Newell, P. T., S. Wing, C.-I. Meng, and V. Sigillito, The auroral<br />
netic tail: The growth phase, Planet. Space Sci., 20, 1521- oval position, structure, and intensity of precipitation from<br />
1539, 1972.<br />
1984 onward: An automated on-line database, J. Geophys.<br />
McPherron, R. L., Critical problems in establ<strong>is</strong>hing the mor- Res., 96, 5877-5882, 1991.<br />
phology of substorms in space, in Magnetospheric Physics, Nielsen, E., J. Bamber, Z.-S. Chen, A. Brekke, A. Egeland,<br />
edited by B. M. McCormac, pp. 335-347, D. Reidel, Nor- J. S. Murphree, D. Venkatesan, and W. I. Axford, Substorm<br />
well, Mass., 1974.<br />
expansion into the polar cap, Ann. Geophys., 6, 559-572,<br />
McPherron, R. L., Magnetospheric substorms, Rev. Geophys., 1988.<br />
17, 657-681, 1979.<br />
Nielsen, E., R. D. Elphinstone, D. J. Hearn, J. S. Murphree,<br />
Meng, C.-I., and R. Lundin, <strong>Auroral</strong> morphology of the mid- and T. Potemra, Oval intensification event observed by<br />
day oval, J. Geophys. Res., 91, 1572-1584, 1986.<br />
STARE and Viking, J. Geophys. Res., 98, 6163-6171, 1993.<br />
Moldwin, M. B., and W. J. Hughes, Observations of earthward N<strong>is</strong>hida, A., Excitation of polar substorms by northward interand<br />
tailward propagating flux rope plasmoids: Expanding planetary magnetic field, in Earth's Magnetospheric Prothe<br />
plasmoid model of geomagnetic substorms, J. Geophys. cesses, edited by B. M. McCormac, pp. 400-405, D. Reidel,<br />
Res., 99, 183-198, 1994.<br />
Norwell, Mass., 1972.<br />
Montbriand, L. E., The proton aurora substorm, in The Radi- N<strong>is</strong>hida, A., and Y. Kamide, Magnetospheric processes preating<br />
Atmosphere, edited by B. M. McCormac, pp. 366-373, ceding the onset of an <strong>is</strong>olated substorm: A case study of<br />
D. Reidel, Norwell, Mass., 1971.<br />
the March 31, 1978, substorm, J. Geophys. Res., 88, 7005-<br />
Montbriand, L. E., Proton auroras during substorms, in Sub- 7014, 1983.<br />
storms-l, Proceedings of the First International Conference on N<strong>is</strong>hida, A., S. J. Bame, D. N. Baker, G. Gloeckler, M. Scholer,<br />
Substorms, Eur. Space Agency Spec. Publ., ESA SP-335, E. J. Smith, T. Terasawa, and B. Tsurutani, Assessment of<br />
445-456, 1992.<br />
the boundary layer model of the magnetospheric substorm,<br />
Moshupi, M. C., C. D. Anger, J. S. Murphree, D. D. Wall<strong>is</strong>, J. Geophys. Res., 93, 5579-5588, 1988.<br />
J. H. Whitteker, and L. H. Brace, Character<strong>is</strong>tics of trough Nordenskiold, A. E., Vegas Fard Kdng Asien och Europe, F. &<br />
region auroral patches and detached arcs observed by ISIS G. Beijer, Stockholm, 1880-1881.<br />
2, J. Geophys. Res., 84, 1333-1346, 1979.<br />
Oguti, T., TV observations of auroral arcs, in Physics of <strong>Auroral</strong><br />
Murphree, J. S., and L. L. Cogger, Observations of substorm Arc Formation, Geophys. Monogr. Ser., vol. 25, edited by<br />
onset, in Substorms-l, Proceedings of the First International S.-I. Akasofu and J. R. Kan, pp. 31-41, AGU, Washington,<br />
Conference on Substorms, Eur. Space Agency Spec. Publ., D.C., 1981.<br />
ESA SP-335, 207-211, 1992.<br />
Oguti, T., Modes of pulsating auroras and related geomagnetic<br />
Murphree, J. S., and R. D. Elphinstone, Correlative studies pulsations, in Proceedings of the Fourth Symposium on Cousing<br />
the Viking imagery, Adv. Space Res., 8, 9-19, 1988. ordinated Observations of the Ionosphere and the Magneto-<br />
Murphree, J. S., L. L. Cogger, C. D. Anger, D. D. Wall<strong>is</strong>, and sphere in the Polar Regions, Mem. Natl. Inst. Polar Res. Spec.<br />
G. G. Shepherd, Oval intensification associated with polar Issue Jpn., 22, 94-103, 1982.<br />
arcs, Geophys. Res. Lett., 4(4), 403-406, 1987.<br />
Oguti, T., Pulsating aurorae, indicators of substorm recovery<br />
Murphree, J. S., L. L. Cogger, and R. D. Elphinstone, Obser- processes, in Substorms-I, Proceedings of the First Internavations<br />
of d<strong>is</strong>tortions of optical features in the UV auroral tional Conference on Substorms, Eur. Space Agency Spec.<br />
d<strong>is</strong>tribution, IEEE Trans. Plasma Sci., 17, 109-115, 1989. Publ., ESA SP-335, 433-444, 1992.<br />
Murphree, J. S., R. D. Elphinstone, D. J. Hearn, and L. L. Oguti, T., and K. Hayashi, Multiple correlation between au-<br />
Cogget, Viking optical substorm signatures, in Magneto- roral and magnetic pulsations, 2, Determination of electric<br />
spheric Substorms, Geophys. Monogr. Ser., vol. 64, edited by currents and electric fields around a pulsating auroral<br />
J. R. Kan, T. A. Potemra, S. Kokubun, and T. Iijima, pp. patch, J. Geophys. Res., 89, 7476-7481, 1984.<br />
241-256, AGU, Washington, D.C., 1991.<br />
Oguti, T., and K. Hayashi, Polarization and wave form of<br />
Murphree, J. S., R. D. Elphinstone, L. L. Cogger, and D. J. magnetic pulsations below pulsating auroras: Magnetic ef-<br />
Hearn, Interpretation of optical substorm onset observa- fects of electric currents induced in an ionization tail of a<br />
tions, J. Atmos. Terr. Phys., 55, 1159-1170, 1993.<br />
moving auroral patch, J. Geomagn. Geoelectr., 37, 65-91,<br />
Murphree, J. S., R. A. King, T. Payne, K. Smith, D. Reid, J. 1985.<br />
Adema, B. Gordon, and R. Wlochowicz, The Freja ultravi- Oguti, T., and T. Watanabe, Quasi-periodic poleward propaolet<br />
imager, Space Sci. Rev., 70, 421-446, 1994a.<br />
gation of on-off switching aurora and associated geomag-<br />
Murphree, J. S., J. B. Austin, D. J. Hearn, L. L. Cogger, R. D. netic pulsations in the dawn, J. Atmos. Terr. Phys., 38,<br />
Elphinstone, and J. Woch, Satellite observations of polar 543-551, 1976.<br />
arcs, J. Atmos. Terr. Phys., 56, 265-284, 1994b.<br />
Oguti, T., S. Kokubun, K. Hayashi, K. Tsuruda, S. Machida,
230 ß Elphinstone et al.' MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
T. Kitamura, O. Saka, and T. Watanabe, An auroral torch vol. 64, edited by J. R. Kan, T. A. Potemra, S. Kokubun, and<br />
structure as an activity center of pulsating auroras, Can. J. T. Iijima, pp. 17-27, AGU, Washington, D.C., 1991.<br />
Phys., 59, 1056-1062, 1981a.<br />
Pudovkin, M. I., V. S. Semenov, G. V. Starkov, and T. A.<br />
Oguti, T., S. Kokubun, K. Hayashi, K. Tsuruda, S. Machida, Kornilova, On separation of the potential and vortex parts<br />
T. Kitamura, O. Saka, and T. Watanabe, Stat<strong>is</strong>tics of pul- of the magnetotail electric field, Planet. Space Sci., 39,<br />
sating auroras on the bas<strong>is</strong> of all-sky TV data from five 563-568, 1991.<br />
stations, 1, Occurrence frequency, Can. J. Phys., 59, 1150- Pulkkinen, T. I., et al., Modeling the growth phase of a sub-<br />
1157, 1981b.<br />
storm using the Tsyganenko model and mult<strong>is</strong>pacecraft<br />
Oguti, T., J. H. Meek, and K. Hayashi, Multiple correlation observations: CDAW-9, Geophys. Res. Lett., 18(11), 1963between<br />
auroral and magnetic pulsations, J. Geophys. Res., 1966, 1991a.<br />
89, 2295-2303, 1984.<br />
Pulkkinen, T. I., R. J. Pellinen, H. E. J. Koskinen, H. J.<br />
Oguti, T., K. Hayashi, T. Yamamoto, J. Ishida, T. Higuchi, and Opgenoorth, J. S. Murphree, V. Petrov, A. Zaitzev, and<br />
N. N<strong>is</strong>hitani, Absence of hydromagnetic waves in the mag- E. Fri<strong>is</strong>-Chr<strong>is</strong>tensen, <strong>Auroral</strong> signatures of substorm recovnetospheric<br />
equatorial region conjugate with pulsating au- ery phase: A case study, in Magnetospheric Substorms, Geororas,<br />
J. Geophys. Res., 91, 13,711-13,715, 1986.<br />
phys. Monogr. Ser., vol. 64, edited by J. R. Kan, T. A.<br />
Oguti, T., et al., Fast auroral evolution and related magnetic Potemra, S. Kokubun, and T. Iijima, pp. 333-341, AGU,<br />
field changes on the ground and at conjugate satellites, J. Washington, D.C., 1991b.<br />
Geomagn. Geoelectr., 40, 505-536, 1988.<br />
Pulkkinen, T. I., D. N. Baker, R. J. Pellinen, J. Buchner, H. E.<br />
Oguti, T., E. Kaneda, M. Ejiri, S. Sasaki, T. Yamamoto, K. J. Koskinen, R. E. Lopez, R. L. Dyson, and L. A. Frank,<br />
Hayashi, R. Fujii, and K. Makita, Studies of auroral dynam- Particle scattering and current sheet stability in the geomagics<br />
by aurora-TV on the Akebono (EXOS-D) satellite, J. netic tail during the substorm growth phase, J. Geophys.<br />
Geomagn. Geoelectr., 42, 555-564, 1990.<br />
Res., 97, 19,283-19,297, 1992.<br />
Oguti, T., N. N<strong>is</strong>hitani, and R. Nakamura, <strong>Auroral</strong> activity and Raeder, J., J. Berchem, and M. Ashour-Abdalla, The imporits<br />
connection with magnetospheric processes--Magnetic tance of small scale processes in global MHD simulations:<br />
field conjugacy between the polar ionosphere and the mag- Some numerical experiments, in Physics of Space Plasmas,<br />
netosphere, J. Geomagn. Geoelectr., 43, 353-368, 1991. No. 14, edited by T. Chang and J. R. Jasperse, Mass. Inst.<br />
Ohtani, S., and T. Tamao, Does the ballooning instability Technol. Cent. for Theor. Geo/Cosmo Plasma Phys., Camtrigger<br />
substorms in the near-Earth magnetotail, J. Geo- bridge, in press 1996.<br />
phys. Res., 98, 19,369-19,379, 1993.<br />
Rees, M. H., and D. Lummerzheim, in <strong>Auroral</strong> Physics, edited<br />
Ohtani, S., et al., A mult<strong>is</strong>atellite study of a pseudosubstorm by C.-I. Meng, M. J. Rycroft, and L. A. Frank, pp. 29-35,<br />
onset in the near-Earth magnetotail, J. Geophys. Res., 98, Cambridge Univ. Press, New York, 1991.<br />
19,355-19,367, 1993.<br />
Rogers, E. H., D. F. Nelson, and R. C. Savage, <strong>Auroral</strong><br />
Ohtani, S., et al., Four large-scale field-aligned current systems photography from a satellite, Science, 183, 951-952, 1974.<br />
in the dayside high-latitude region, J. Geophys. Res., 100, Rossberg, L., The effect of the solar wind velocity on substorm<br />
137-153, 1995.<br />
activity, J. Geophys. Res., 94, 13,571-13,574, 1989.<br />
Opgenoorth, H., J. Oksman, K. U. Kaila, E. Nielsen, and<br />
Rostoker, G., Ground based magnetic signatures of the phases<br />
W. Baumjohann, On the character<strong>is</strong>tics of eastward drifting<br />
of magnetospheric substorms, in Magnetospheric Physics,<br />
omega bands in the morning sector, J. Geophys. Res., 88,<br />
edited by B. M. McCormac, pp. 325-333, D. Reidel, Norwell,<br />
Mass., 1974.<br />
9171-9185, 1983.<br />
Rostoker, G., and T. Eastman, A boundary layer model for<br />
Opgenoorth, H. J., et al., Coordinated observations with<br />
magnetospheric substorms, J. Geophys. Res., 92, 12,187-<br />
EISCAT and the Viking satellite: The decay of a westward<br />
12,201, 1987.<br />
travelling surge, Ann. Geophys., 7, 479-500, 1989.<br />
Rostoker, G., and J. C. Samson, Can substorm expansion<br />
Pedersen, B. M., R. Pottelette, L. Eliasson, J. S. Murphree,<br />
phase effects and low-frequency Pc magnetic pulsations be<br />
R. D. Elphinstone, A. Bahnsen, and M. Jespersen, <strong>Auroral</strong><br />
attributed to the same source mechan<strong>is</strong>m?, Geophys. Res.<br />
kilometric radiation from transpolar arcs, J. Geophys. Res.,<br />
Lett., (3), 271-274, 1984.<br />
97, 10,567-10,573, 1992.<br />
Rostoker, G., S.-I. Akasofu, J. Forster, R. A. Greenwald,<br />
Pellinen, R. J., and W. J. Heikkila, Observations of auroral Y. Kamide, K. Kawasaki, A. T. Y. Lui, R. L. McPherron,<br />
fading before breakup, J. Geophys. Res., 83, 4207-4217, and C. T. Russell, Magnetospheric substorms: Definition<br />
1978.<br />
and signatures, J. Geophys. Res., 85, 1663-1668, 1980.<br />
Pellinen, R. J., H. E. J. Koskinen, T. I. Pulkkinen, J. S. Roux, A., S. Perraut, P. Robert, A. Morane, A. Pedersen,<br />
Murphree, G. Rostoker, and H. J. Opgenoorth, Satellite A. Korth, G. Kremser, B. Aparicio, D. Rodgers, and<br />
and ground-based observations of a fading transpolar arc, J. R. Pellinen, Plasmasheet instability related to the westward<br />
Geophys. Res., 95, 5817-5824, 1990.<br />
traveling surge, J. Geophys. Res., 96, 17,697-17,714, 1991a.<br />
Pellinen, R. J., T. I. Pulkkinen, A. Huuskonen, and K.-H. Roux, A., S. Perraut, A. Morane, P. Robert, A. Korth,<br />
Glassmeier, On the dynamical development of the down- G. Kremser, A. Pederson, R. Pellinen, and Z. Y. Pu, Role<br />
ward field-aligned current in the substorm current wedge, J. of the near-Earth plasmasheet at substorms, in Magneto-<br />
Geophys. Res., 100, 14,863-14,873, 1995.<br />
spheric Substorms, Geophys. Monogr. Ser., vol. 64, edited by<br />
Perona, G. E., Theory on the precipitation of magnetospheric J. R. Kan, T. A. Potemra, S. Kokubun, and T. Iijima, pp.<br />
eleo* .................................................... ..... , ,ho ,;,,. ,,, a ,,aa ............. * Z r2_.... - - , , hng ton, "' ta. w., ' 1991b.<br />
phys. Res., 77, 101-111, 1972.<br />
Samson, J. C., L. R. Lyons, P. T. Newell, F. Creutzberg, and B.<br />
Persson, M. A. L., A. T. Aikio, and H. J. Opgenoorth, Satellite- Xu, Proton aurora and substorm intensifications, Geophys.<br />
ground-based coordination: Late growth and early expan- Res. Lett., 19(21), 2167-2170, 1992.<br />
sion phase of a substorm, in International Conference on Sandahl, I., L. Eliasson, and R. Lundin, Rocket observations<br />
Substorms-2, edited by J. R. Kan, J. D. Craven, and S.-I. over a pulsating aurora, Geophys. Res. Lett., 7(5), 309-312,<br />
Akasofu, pp. 157-164, Geophys. Inst., Univ. of Alaska, 1980.<br />
Fairbanks, 1994.<br />
Sandholt, P. E., M. Lockwood, T. Oguti, S. W. H. Cowley,<br />
Pudovkin, M. I., Physics of magnetospheric substorms: A re- K. S.C. Freeman, B. Lybekk, A. Egeland, and D. M. Will<strong>is</strong>,<br />
view, in Magnetospheric Substorms, Geophys. Monogr. Ser., Midday auroral breakup events and related energy and
34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY ß 231<br />
momentum transfer from the magnetosheath, J. Geophys. Earth's magnetotail, J. Geophys. Res., 98, 15,425-15,446,<br />
Res., 95, 1039-1060, 1990.<br />
1993.<br />
Sauvaud, J. A., J. Crasnier, K. Mouala, R. A. Kovrazhkin, and Stagg, J. M., Brit<strong>is</strong>h Polar Year Expedition, Fort Rae, N. W.,<br />
N. V. Jorjio, Morning sector ion precipitation following Canada, 1932-33, vol. 1, D<strong>is</strong>cussion of Results, R. Soc.,<br />
substorm injections, J. Geophys. Res., 86, 3430-3438, 1981. Burlington House, London, 1937.<br />
Sauvaud, J. A., et al., Large-scale response of the magneto- Starkov, G. V., Y. I. Feldstein, and F. Shevnina, Auroras on<br />
sphere to a southward turning of the interplanetary mag- the day side of the oval during substorms, Geomagn. Aeron.,<br />
netic field, J. Geophys. Res., 92, 2365-2376, 1987.<br />
11, 72-75, 1971.<br />
Scholer, M., G. Gloeckler, D. Hovestadt, F. M. Ipavich, Stenbaek-Nielsen, H. C., T. N. Dav<strong>is</strong>, and N. W. Glass, Rela-<br />
B. Ilecker, D. N. Baker, W. Baumjohann, B. T. Tsurutani, tive motion of auroral conjugate points during substorms, J.<br />
and R. D. Zwickl, Simultaneous observation of the plasma Geophys. Res., 77, 1844-1858, 1972.<br />
sheet, Geophys. Res. Lett., 11(10), 1034-1037, 1984. Takahashi, K., S.-I. Ohtani, and K. Yumoto, AMPTE CCE<br />
Sergeev, V. A., The d<strong>is</strong>crete activations of the magnetosphere observations of Pi 2 pulsations in the inner magnetosphere,<br />
during the substorm explosive phase, paper presented at Geophys. Res. Lett., 19(14), 1447-1450, 1992.<br />
Solar Terrestrial Physics Symposium, Sao Paulo, Brazil, Trefall, H., S. Ullaland, J. Stadnes, I. Signstad, T. Pytte,<br />
1974.<br />
K. Bronstad, J. Bjordal, R. H. Karas, R. R. Brown, and<br />
Sergeev, V. A., High time-resolution correlation between the J. Munch, Morphology and fine time structure of an early<br />
magnetic field behavior at 37 Rœ d<strong>is</strong>tance in the magneto- morning electron precipitation event, J. Atmos. Terr. Phys.,<br />
tail plasma sheet and ground phenomena during substorm 37, 83-105, 1975.<br />
expansive phase, J. Geophys., 49, 176-185, 1981.<br />
Troshichev, O. A., N. P. Dmitrieva, and B. M. Kuznetsov,<br />
Sergeev, V. A., and A. G. Yahnin, The features of auroral Polar cap magnetic activity as a signature of substorm<br />
bulge expansion, Planet. Space Sci., 27, 1429-1440, 1979. development, Planet. Space Sci., 27, 217-221, 1979.<br />
Sergeev, V., E. M. Sazhina, N. A. Tsyganenko, J. A. Lundblad, Tsurutani, B. T., T. Gould, B. E. Goldstein, W. D. Gonzalez,<br />
and F. Soraas, Pitch-angle scattering of energetic protons in and M. Sugiura, Interplanetary Alfven waves and auroral<br />
the magnetotail current sheet as the dominant source of (substorm) activity: IMP 8, J. Geophys. Res., 95, 2241-2252,<br />
their <strong>is</strong>otropic precipitation into the nightside ionosphere, 1990.<br />
Planet. Space Sci., 31, 1147-1155, 1983.<br />
Tsyganenko, N. A., <strong>Global</strong> quantitative models of the geomag-<br />
Sergeev, V. A., V. S. Semenov, and M. V. Sidneva, Impulsive netic field in the c<strong>is</strong>lunar magnetosphere for different d<strong>is</strong>reconnection<br />
in the magnetotail during substorm expan- turbance levels, Planet. Space Sci., 35, 1347-1358, 1987.<br />
sion, Planet. Space Sci., 35, 1199-1212, 1987.<br />
Tsyganenko, N. A., A magnetospheric magnetic field model<br />
Sergeev, V. A., P. Tanskanen, K. Mursula, A. Korth, and R. C. with a warped tail current sheet, Planet. Space Sci., 37, 5-20,<br />
Elphic, Current sheet thickness in the near-Earth plasma 1989.<br />
sheet during substorm growth phase, J. Geophys. Res., 95, Ullaland, S., G. Kremser, P. Tanskanen, A. Korth, A. Roux,<br />
3819-3827, 1990.<br />
K. Torkar, L. P. Block, and I. B. Iversen, On the develop-<br />
Sergeev, V. A., B. Aparicio, S. Perraut, M. V. Malkov, and ment of a magnetospheric substorm influenced by a<br />
R. J. Pellinen, Structure of the inner plasma sheet at mid- storm sudden commencement: Ground, balloon, and satnight<br />
during steady convection, Planet. Space Sci., 39, 1083- ellite observations, J. Geophys. Res., 98, 15,381-15,401,<br />
1096, 1991.<br />
1993.<br />
Sergeev, V., M. Malkov, and K. Mursula, Testing the <strong>is</strong>otropic Vallance Jones, A., Optical em<strong>is</strong>sions from aurora, in Aurora,<br />
boundary algorithm method to evaluate the magnetic field Geophys. and Astrophys. Monogr., vol. 9, pp. 80-128,<br />
configuration in the tail, J. Geophys. Res., 98, 7609-7620, D. Reidel, Norwell, Mass., 1974.<br />
1993.<br />
Vallance Jones, A., Overview of auroral spectroscopy, in<br />
Sergeev, V., L. Vagina, R. D. Elphinstone, J. S. Murphree, <strong>Auroral</strong> Physics, edited by C.-I. Meng, M. J. Rycroft, and L.<br />
D. J. Hearn, L. L. Cogger, M. Johnson, Compar<strong>is</strong>on of UV A. Frank, pp. 15-28, Cambridge Univ. Press, New York,<br />
optical signatures with the substorm current wedge as pre- 1991.<br />
dicted by an inversion algorithm, J. Geophys. Res., 101, Vallance Jones, A., F. Creutzberg, R. L. Gattinger, and F. R.<br />
2615-2627, 1996.<br />
Harr<strong>is</strong>, <strong>Auroral</strong> studies with a chain of meridian-scanning<br />
Shepherd, G. G., J. S. Murphree, and C. D. Anger, Observa- photometers, 1, Observations of proton and electron aurora<br />
tions of d<strong>is</strong>crete arcs with the Viking ultraviolet imager, in magnetospheric substorms, J. Geophys. Res., 87, 4489-<br />
Ann. Geophys., 6, 153-157, 1988.<br />
4503, 1982.<br />
Shumilov, O. I., O. M. Raspopov, E. A. Kasatkina, R. D. Vassiliad<strong>is</strong>, D., A. J. Klimas, D. N. Baker, and D. A. Roberts,<br />
Elphinstone, and R. Kreutsberg, The dynamics of particle A description of the solar wind-magnetospheric coupling<br />
precipitation in the polar cap during an SC: Examination of based on nonlinear filters, J. Geophys. Res., 100, 3495-3512,<br />
a specific event, Geomagn. Aeron., 31, 477-484, 1991.<br />
1995.<br />
Singer, H. J., W. J. Hughes, P. F. Fougere, and D. J. Knight, Vetoul<strong>is</strong>, G., and L. Chen, <strong>Global</strong> structures of Alfven-bal-<br />
The localization of Pi 2 pulsations: Ground-satellite obser- looning modes in magnetospheric plasmas, Geophys. Res.<br />
vations, J. Geophys. Res., 88, 7029-7036, 1983.<br />
Lett., 21(19), 2091-2094, 1994.<br />
Slavin, J. A., E. J. Smith, B. T. Tsurutani, D. G. Sibeck, H. J. Vifias, A. F., and T. R. Madden, Shear flow-ballooning insta-<br />
Singer, D. N. Baker, J. T. Gosling, E. W. Hones Jr., and bility as a possible mechan<strong>is</strong>m for hydromagnetic fluctua-<br />
F. L. Scarf, Substorm-associated traveling compression re- tions, J. Geophys. Res., 91, 1519-1528, 1986.<br />
gions in the d<strong>is</strong>tant tail: ISEE 3 Geotail observations, Geo- Vorobjev, V. G., G. V. Starkov, and Y. I. Feldstein, The<br />
phys. Res. Lett., 11(7), 657-660, 1984.<br />
auroral oval during the substorm development, Planet.<br />
Slavin, J. A., et al., CDAW 8 observations of plasmoid signa- Space Sci., 24, 955-965, 1976.<br />
tures in the geomagnetic tail: An assessment, J. Geophys. Walker, R. J., K. N. Erikson, R. L. Swanson, and J. R. Winck-<br />
Res., 94, 15,153-15,175, 1989.<br />
ler, Substorm-associated particle boundary motion at syn-<br />
Slavin, J. A., M. F. Smith, E. L. Mazur, D. N. Baker, E. W. chronous orbit, J. Geophys. Res., 81, 5541-5550, 1976.<br />
Hones Jr., T. Iyemori, and E. W. Greenstadt, ISEE 3 Wall<strong>is</strong>, D. D., J. R. Burrows, M. C. Moshupi, C. D. Anger, and<br />
observations of traveling compression regions in the J. S. Murphree, Observation of particles precipitating into
232 ß Elphinstone et al.: MODULAR AURORAL ACTIVITY 34, 2 / REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS<br />
detached arcs and patches equatorward of the auroral oval,<br />
J. Geophys. Res., 84, 1347-1360, 1979.<br />
Walt, M., Institute summary, in Magnetospheric Physics, edited<br />
Convective generation of "giant" undulations on the<br />
evening diffuse auroral boundary, J. Geophys. Res., 99,<br />
19,499-19,512, 1994.<br />
by B. M. McCormac, pp. 3-19, D. Reidel, Norwell, Mass., Yau, A. W., B. A. Whalen, and D. J. McEwen, Rocket-borne<br />
1974.<br />
Wargentin, P., Vetenskapernas H<strong>is</strong>toria, Om Nordskenet,<br />
measurements of particle pulsation in pulsating aurora, J.<br />
Geophys. Res., 86, 5673-5681, 1981.<br />
Proc. R. Swed. Acad. Sci., 161-171, 1752.<br />
Wilkinson, D.C., An archive of space weather effects on<br />
spacecraft, supplement to Eos Trans. AGU, Fall Meet.<br />
Suppl., 435, 1995.<br />
Yeoman, T. K., M.P. Freeman, G. D. Reeves, M. Lester, and<br />
D. Orr, A compar<strong>is</strong>on of midlatitude Pi 2 pulsations and<br />
geostationary orbit particle injections as substorm indicators,<br />
J. Geophys. Res., 99, 4085-4093, 1994.<br />
Yahnin, A. G., V. A. Sergeev, R. J. Pellinen, W. Baumjohann, Yumoto, K., K. Takahashi, T. Sakurai, P. R. Sutcliffe,<br />
K. U. Kaila, H. Ranta, J. Kangas, and O. M. Raspopov, S. Kokubun, H. Luhr, T. Saito, M. Kuwashima, and N. Sato,<br />
Substorm time sequence and microstructure on 11 November<br />
1976, J. Geophys., 53, 182-197, 1983.<br />
Multiple ground-based and satellite observations of global Pi 2<br />
magnetic pulsations, J. Geophys. Res., 95, 15,175-15,184, 1990.<br />
Yahnin, A., et al., Features of steady magnetospheric convec- Zelenyi, L. M., R. A. Kovrazkhin, and J. M. Bosqued, Velocitytion,<br />
J. Geophys. Res., 99, 4039-4051, 1994.<br />
d<strong>is</strong>persed ion beams in the nightside auroral zone: Aureol 3<br />
Yamamoto, T., and T. Oguti, Recurrent fast motions of pulsating<br />
auroral patches, 1, A case study on optical and<br />
quantitative character<strong>is</strong>tics during a slightly active period, J.<br />
observations, J. Geophys. Res., 95, 12,119-12,139, 1990.<br />
Geophys. Res., 87, 7603-7614, 1982.<br />
Yamamoto, T., K. Makita, and C.-I. Meng, A particle simulation<br />
of the westward traveling surge, J. Geophys. Res., 98,<br />
L. L. Cogger, R. D. Elphinstone, and J. S. Murphree, Department<br />
of Physics and Astronomy, University of Calgary,<br />
13,653-13,675, 1993.<br />
2500 University Drive, NW, Calgary, Alberta T2N 1 N4, Can-<br />
Yamamoto, T., M. Ozaki, S. Inoue, K. Makita, and C.-I. Meng, ada. (e-mail: rob@hobbes.phys.ucalgary.ca)